% \iffalse meta-comment
%
% moodle.dtx
% Copyright 2016 by Anders O.F. Hendrickson (anders.o.f.hendrickson AT gmail DOT com)
% and 2019-2021 by Matthieu Guerquin-Kern (guerquin-kern AT crans DOT org).
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
% The latest version of this license is in
% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
% version 2005/12/01 or later.
%
% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
%
% The Current Maintainer of this work is Matthieu Guerquin-Kern.
%
% This work consists of the files moodle.dtx and moodle.ins
% and the derived file moodle.sty.
%
% \fi
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\ProvidesFile{moodle.dtx}
%
%\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
%\ProvidesPackage{moodle}
%<*package>
[2023/01/28 v1.0 Moodle quiz XML generation]
%
%
%<*driver>
\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{ltxdoc}
%\usepackage[draft]{moodle}
\usepackage{iftex}
\ifPDFTeX
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % necessary
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % necessary
\usepackage{libertine}
\usepackage[scaled=0.83]{beramono}
\else % assuming LuaLaTeX or XeLaTeX
\usepackage{fontspec}
\setmainfont{Linux Libertine O}
\fi
\usepackage{microtype}
\usepackage{dtxdescribe,varioref}
\addtolength\marginparwidth{30pt}
\addtolength\oddsidemargin{20pt}
\addtolength\evensidemargin{20pt}
\usepackage[main=english,french,german]{babel}
\usepackage{amssymb,threeparttable,booktabs}
\usepackage{eurosym,longtable,tikz,minted,changelog}
%\usepackage[pdfpagelabels]{hyperref}% now loaded by ltxdoc
\usetikzlibrary{arrows,positioning,decorations.text,calc}
%\usemintedstyle{Wombat}
\EnableCrossrefs
\CodelineIndex
\OnlyDescription
\RecordChanges
\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
\begin{document}
\DocInput{moodle.dtx}
\end{document}
%
% \fi
%
% \CheckSum{10269} ^^A Comment \OnlyDescription above to adjust
%
% \CharacterTable
% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
%
% \GetFileInfo{\jobname.dtx}
%
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment,\def}
%
% \providecommand\TikZ{\mbox{Ti\emph{k}Z}}%
% \providecommand\Moodle{\mbox{\brand{Moodle}}}%
% \providecommand\LMS{\mbox{\acro{LMS}}}%
% \providecommand\XML{\mbox{\acro{XML}}}%
%
% \title{%
% The \pkg{moodle} package: \\
% generating \Moodle\ quizzes via \LaTeX%
% \thanks{This document corresponds to \pkg{moodle.sty}~\fileversion, dated \filedate.}
% }%
%
% \author{%
% Anders Hendrickson\footnote{original author of the package (\texttt{v0.5}), inactive.}\\
% \texttt{anders.o.f.hendrickson AT gmail DOT com} \and
% Matthieu Guerquin-Kern\footnote{current maintainer, %
% author of the updates (\texttt{v0.6} to \texttt{\fileversion}).}\\
% \href{mailto:guerquin-kernATcransDOTorg}{\texttt{guerquin-kern AT crans DOT org}}%
% }%
%
% \date{\today}
%
% \maketitle
%
% \begin{abstract}
% This document describes the \pkg{moodle} package, made for writing \Moodle\
% quizzes in \LaTeX. In addition to typesetting the quizzes for proofreading or
% giving to students as handout, the package generates an \XML\ file to be uploaded
% to a \Moodle\ server.
% \end{abstract}
%
% \tableofcontents
%
% \section{Introduction}
% \subsection{Motivation}
%
% The acronym \acro{Moodle} stands for ``Modular Object-Oriented Dynamic Learning Environment.''
% It is an open source learning management system (\LMS) employed by many universities,
% colleges, and high schools to provide digital access to course materials, such as
% notes, video lectures, forums, and the like; see
% \url{https://moodle.com/moodle-lms/} for more information.
% One of the many useful
% features of \Moodle\ is that mathematical and scientific notation can be entered in
% \LaTeX\ or \TeX\ code, which will be typeset either through a built-in \TeX\ filter
% or by invoking MathJax.
%
% For instructors who want to give students frequent feedback,
% but lack the time to do so, a particularly valuable module in \Moodle\
% is the \emph{quiz}. A \Moodle\ quiz can consist of several different types of
% questions---not only multiple choice or true/false questions, but also
% questions requiring a short phrase or numerical answer, and even essay
% questions. All but the essay questions are automatically graded by the
% system, and the instructor has full control over how often the quiz may be
% attempted, its duration, and so forth. Feedback can be tailored to specific
% mistakes the student makes.
%
% All these features make \Moodle\ quizzes very useful tools for instructors
% who have access to them.
% Unfortunately, the primary way to create or edit a \Moodle\ quiz
% is through a web-based interface that can be slow to operate.
% To users of \LaTeX, accustomed to the speed of typing source code on
% a keyboard alone, the agonizing slowness of switching between mouse and keyboard
% to navigate a web form with its myriad dropdown boxes, radio buttons,
% compounded with a perceptible time lag as one's \Moodle\ server responds to requests,
% can produce a very frustrating experience. Moreover, editing is entirely
% impossible without network access.
%
% Once the quiz is written, there is no easy way to view and proofread all the
% information of which it is made. Each question is edited on a separate webpage,
% which is so full of options that it cannot be viewed on a single screen.
% An instructor has to spend much time checking over the newly created quiz in
% order to be confident there are no errors.
%
% Added to all this is the frustration of managing graphics.
% If a question requires an image---say, asking a calculus student to interpret
% the graph of a function---the image must first be produced as a standalone file
% (e.g., in \JPG\ or \PNG\ format), uploaded to \Moodle, and then chosen in a web-based
% \HTML\ editor. Great is the vexation of the instructor who decided to alter a
% question, as there are more and more possibilities of error whenever multiple
% files must be kept synchronized.
%
% Users of \LaTeX\ are also accustomed to the speed and flexibility that
% comes from defining their own macros, which may be as brief as writing
% \cmd{\R} instead of |\mathbb{R}|
% or as complex as macros that generate entire paragraphs of text.
% The \Moodle\ editor, by contrast, requires you to type |\mathbb{R}|
% every single time you want $\mathbb{R}$.
%
% Finally, there is the question of archiving and reusing one's work.
% Much, much work goes into creating \Moodle\ quizzes, which then reside
% on a \Moodle\ server somewhere in the cloud in a format neither easily browsable
% nor easily modifiable.
%
% \LaTeX\ itself has the power to solve all these difficulties:
% it is swift to edit and swifter to compile a \LaTeX\ document,
% and the \PDF\ may be previewed onscreen or printed out for ease of proofreading.
% Mathematical graphics can be integrated within the main file through \TikZ,
% and of course \LaTeX\ macros can be customized.
% Using the present \pkg{moodle} package,
% a quiz author can type a quiz using familiar \LaTeX\ syntax and document
% structure. Upon compilation, \LaTeX\ will generate both a well-organized
% \PDF\ that is easy to proofread and an \XML\ file that can be uploaded directly
% to \Moodle. The entire process is far faster than using \Moodle's own
% web-based editor, makes it easier to catch one's mistakes,
% and the ultimate source code of one's work is a human-readable \filenm{.tex} file
% that can be archived, versioned, browsed, and edited offline.
%
% Strictly speaking, the \pkg{moodle} package does not generate quizzes:
% it generates question banks that can be imported in the \LMS. The teacher
% still needs to compose manually a quiz from the question banks. Hopefully,
% two \Moodle\ features supported by the package make this task easier:
% categories and tags.
%
% In this documentation the \LMS\ is referred to as \Moodle\
% (uppercase letters and roman font) while the \LaTeX\ package
% is referred to as \pkg{moodle} (lower case and sans serif font).
%
% \subsection{Workflow}
%
%% \begin{figure}[bp]
% \centering
% \begin{tikzpicture}[node distance=1,auto,bend
% angle=45,box/.style={rectangle,draw=blue!50,rounded corners=3,top
% color=white,bottom color=black!20,thick,align=center,text
% width=2.5cm},elmt/.style={font=\itshape,align=left},
% cmnt/.style={font=\footnotesize,align=center},
% bigcmnt/.style={font=\normalsize,align=center},pre/.style={<-,>=stealth',thick},
% post/.style={->,>=stealth',thick}, prepost/.style={<->,>=stealth',thick}]
% \draw[white,fill=orange!20,rounded corners=10]
% (-1.5,-.7)--++(0,1.4)--++(10.3,0)--++(0,-2.3)--++(-6.7,0)--++(-.25,.725)--cycle;
% \node[orange!80!black,above] (dev) at (7.5,-1.6) {\textit{Development}};
% \fill[green,fill opacity=.2,rounded corners=10]
% (-1.5,.7)--++(3,0)--++(0.5,-2.4)--++(6.8,0)--++(0,-3)--++(-10.3,0)--cycle;
% \node[green!80!black,below] (dev) at (7.5,-1.7) {\textit{Publishing}};
% \node[box,text width=2cm] (tex) {\filenm{.tex} source file};
% \node[rectangle,fill=white,draw,align=center,text
% width=1.5cm,below=of tex] (compfinal) {\LaTeX{}\\ engine};
% \node[rectangle,fill=white,draw,align=center,text width=1.5cm,right=of tex,xshift=4.5cm]
% (compdraft) {\LaTeX{}\\ engine};
% \draw ($(tex)!.5!(compdraft)+(0,-.7)$) node[box] (pdf) {\filenm{.pdf} file for proofreading};
% \node[box,below=of pdf,yshift=.1cm] (pdfhandout) {\filenm{.pdf} file for students};
% \node[rectangle,fill=white,draw,align=center,text width=2cm,below=of compfinal] (extern)
% {Picture\\processing};
% \draw (pdf|-extern) node[box,anchor=center] (xml) {\filenm{.xml} file\\\footnotesize(pictures embedded)};
% \draw (compdraft|-pdfhandout)
% node[rectangle,fill=white,draw,align=center,text width=1.5cm,anchor=center] (students)
% {Students};
% \draw (compdraft|-xml)
% node[rectangle,fill=white,draw,align=center,text width=1.5cm,anchor=center] (moodle)
% {\Moodle\ \\Server};
% \draw (tex) edge [post,bend right=10] node[cmnt,pos=.5,left] {\optn{final}}
% node[cmnt,pos=.5,right] {\optn{handout}} (compfinal);
% \draw (tex) edge [post,bend left=10] node[cmnt,pos=.5,below] {\optn{draft}} (compdraft);
% \draw (compdraft) edge [post,bend left=10] (pdf);
% \draw (compfinal) edge [post] node[cmnt,pos=.5,above,sloped]
% {\footnotesize(\optn{handout})} (pdfhandout);
% \draw[dashed] (compfinal) edge [post] (pdf);
% \draw (compfinal) edge [post,bend left=0] node[cmnt,pos=.55,below,sloped]
% {\footnotesize(\optn{final})} (xml);
% \draw (compfinal) edge [post,bend right=15] node[cmnt,black!40,pos=.5,text width=1cm,left]
% {\optn{tikz}, \filenm{.png}, \filenm{.jpg}} (extern);
% \draw (extern) edge [post,green,bend right=15] node[cmnt,black!40,pos=.5,below,right]
% {\prog{base64}} (compfinal);
% \draw (pdf) edge [post,red,bend left=15] node[sloped,cmnt,pos=.5,above] {improve} (tex);
% \draw (pdfhandout) edge [post,red] node[cmnt,pos=.5,below] {distribute} (students);
% \draw (xml) edge [post,red] node[cmnt,pos=.5,below] {import} (moodle);
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \caption{Block diagram describing a typical workflow using the \pkg{moodle} package.}
% \label{fig:workflow}
% \end{figure}
%
% The process of creating a quiz in \Moodle\ using this package is depicted in
% Figure~\vref{fig:workflow}. It follows a few
% steps:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Write a \LaTeX\ document using |\usepackage{moodle}| as described
% below.
% \item Compile the document to \PDF\ using pdf\LaTeX\ (\acro{ASCII} characters only),
% \XeLaTeX, or \LuaLaTeX.
% This will also produce the file \meta{jobname}\filenm{-moodle.xml}.
% \item navigate to your course on \Moodle\ and, under ``Question bank'', select ``Import.''
% \item Select ``Moodle \XML\ format,'' choose the \XML\ file to upload, and press ``Import.''
% \item After \Moodle\ verifies that the questions have been imported correctly,
% you may add them to your quizzes.
% \end{enumerate}
%
% \section{Usage}\label{sect:usage}
% The following pages presume the reader already has some familiarity with creating
% and editing \Moodle\ quizzes through the web interface.
% Users that are not familiar with \Moodle\ quizzes can learn more in the \Moodle\
% documentation. For instance, \url{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Question_types}.
%
% The \pkg{xkeyval} package is used to provide a key-value interface.
%
% \subsection{Example Document}
%
% Here is a simple example document:
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \documentclass[12pt]{article}
% \usepackage[section]{moodle}
% \moodleregisternewcommands
% \newcommand\monomial[1]{x^{#1}}
% \newcommand\sillyanswer{What!?}
% \begin{document}
% Quiz generated \LaTeX's \textsf{moodle} (\moodleversion, \moodledate).
% Import the derived file \texttt{\jobname-moodle.xml} on Moodle.
% \begin{quiz}{My first quiz}
% \begin{numerical}[points=2]{Basic addition}
% What is $8+3$?
% \item 11
% \end{numerical}
% \begin{shortanswer}[usecase]{Newton's name}
% What was Newton's first name?
% \item Isaac
% \item[fraction=0, feedback={\sillyanswer}] Fig
% \item[fraction=0] Sir
% \end{shortanswer}
% \begin{multi}[points=3]{A first derivative}
% What is the first derivative of $\monomial{3}$?
% \item $\frac{1}{4}\monomial{4}+C$
% \item[feedback={yes!}]* $3\monomial{2}$
% \item[feedback={\sillyanswer}] $51$
% \end{multi}
% \end{quiz}
% \end{document}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=lines]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
% Key features to note in this first example are that a \env{quiz} environment
% contains several question environments.
% Each question takes a name as a mandatory argument,
% and it may also take optional key-value arguments within brackets.
% The question environments resemble list environments
% such as \env{itemize} or \env{enumerate}, in that answers are set off by
% \cmd{\item}'s, but the question itself is the text that occurs before
% the first \cmd{\item}.
%
%^^A \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\moodleregisternewcommands}
%^^A \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\htmlregister}
%^^A Calling \cmb{\moodleregisternewcommands} tells the package to treat
%^^A specifically the macros defined subsequently.
%^^A This way, the macros that \Moodle's \LaTeX\ renderer does not know
%^^A about can be properly expanded in the \XML\ file.
%^^A This mechanism applies only to the macros defined using \cmd{\newcommand}
%^^A and \emph{without} optional argument.
%^^A Using \cmd{\htmlregister}\marg{macroname}, lets you declare a specific
%^^A macro for expansion. This mechanism, instead, also applies to the
%^^A macros defined using \TeX's primitive \cmd{\def}.
%
% \subsection{Package Options}
%
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{draft} If the package option \optn{draft} is invoked,
% by calling |\usepackage[draft]{moodle}| or |\documentclass[draft]{...}|,
% then no \XML\ file will be generated. This is especially useful while
% editing a quiz containing graphics, so as to avoid the time spent
% converting image files.
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{final} The package option \optn{final} might be
% useful if one wants to avoid the option \optn{draft} to be inherited from
% the \cmd{\documentclass}.
%
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{handout}
% If the package option \optn{handout} is invoked (|\usepackage[handout]{moodle}|),
% the \PDF\ file is generated clean from teacher-only information (answers,
% points, penalty, feedback, tags) and, hence, can be given to students
% for classroom work. In particular, as would \Moodle\ do, answers in
% \env{matching} questions are shuffled and the option \optn{shuffle}
% triggers the shuffling of choices offered (\env{multi} and
% \env{matching}). This is achieved thanks to the package
% \pkg{randomlist}, loaded if the option is invoked. The seed of its
% random generator is controlled by the macro \cmd{\RLsetrandomseed}\marg{integer}
% \DescribeMacro[randomlist]{\RLsetrandomseed}.
% This option does not interfere with the generation of the \XML\ file.
%
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{samepage}^^A\watchout[experimental]
% If the package option \optn{samepage} is invoked, preferably used together
% with \optn{handout} (|\usepackage[handout,samepage]{moodle}|), the package
% will try to keep every question on the same page. Very bad spacing
% can result from this.
% This option is experimental. Subquestions inside a \env{cloze} question
% are protected but the \env{cloze} question itself is not protected.
%
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{nostamp}
% By default, the package will output a stamp as a comment in the XML
% file. This stamp contains information gathered about the \TeX\ engine,
% the platform used and the package version. For instance:%
% \begin{quote}\small
% \makeatletter\def\today{\the\year-\two@digits\month-\two@digits\day}\makeatother
% \newcount\hour\hour=\time
% \divide\hour by 60\relax
% \newcount\minute\minute=\hour
% \multiply\minute by -60\relax
% \advance\minute by \time\relax
% ||\\
% ||\\
% ||
% \end{quote}
% The package option |nostamp| prevents this
% stamp from being written in the \XML\ file.
%
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{section}\DescribeOption[moodle]{subsection}
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{section*}\DescribeOption[moodle]{subsection*}
% The package options \optn{section} and \optn{subsection} place each quiz as a
% new section or subsection, respectively. Starred variants
% correspond to unnumbered sections or subsections. To preserve
% compatibility with Version 0.5 of this package, the default is
% \optn{subsection*}. Consequently, |\usepackage[subsection*]{moodle}| is equivalent
% to |\usepackage{moodle}| .
%
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{tikz}
% The package option \optn{tikz} is described in Section~\vref{subsec:tikz}.
%
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{svg}^^A\watchout[experimental]
% The package option \optn{svg} is described in Section~\vref{subsec:svg}.
%
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{LMS}\texttt{=}\meta{\texttt{X.Y}}
% \DescribeDefault{warn only} lets you specify version numbers
% for the target \Moodle\ LMS instance (\texttt{X} and \texttt{Y} are
% major and minor version integers). When version numbers are provided,
% the use of recent quiz features is secured by a compatibility
% check and \pkg{moodle} raises relevant errors. The XML stamp
% (see \optn{nostamp} above) also mentions \Moodle's target version.
% By default, \pkg{moodle} will just issue warnings when recent quiz
% features are used.
%
% \subsection{Quiz and Question Environments}
%
% A \filenm{.tex} document to generate \Moodle\ quizzes contains one or more
% \env{quiz} environments.
%
% \DescribeEnv[moodle]{quiz}\oarg{common options}\marg{category name}
% defines a quiz, within which various question environments are nested.
% The mandatory argument, \meta{category name}, names a category for \Moodle's
% ``question bank'': after import, the questions defined in this environment
% will be gathered in this category.
% Using the optional argument, options can be set at the quiz level.
% Although there are no \env{quiz}-specific options, any \meta{common options} set
% with the quiz will be inherited by all questions contained within that environment.
%
% \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\moodleset}\marg{options}
% is to be used to set options outside question environments; the option
% settings are local to \TeX-groups.
%
% \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\setcategory}\marg{category name}
% is to be used to change the current category inside a quiz environment and
% in between questions. Note that the \env{quiz} environment defines a category
% by its own.
%
% \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\setsubcategory}\marg{subcategory name}
% does the same with subcategories.
% The categories and subcategories are reflected in the \PDF\ file as sections, subsections, or
% subsubsections, in accordance to the package setting \optn{section}, \optn{section*},
% \optn{subsection}, or \optn{subsection*}.
%
% The syntax for each question environment is
% \begin{quote}
% |\begin|\marg{question type}\oarg{question options}\marg{question name} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\meta{question text} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item|\oarg{item options} \meta{item} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\quad$\vdots$ \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item|\oarg{item options} \meta{item} \\
% |\end|\marg{question type}
% \end{quote}
% The meaning of the \meta{item}s varies depending on the question type,
% but they usually are answers to the question.
% Details will be given below.
%
% The following key-value options may be set for all questions:
%
% \DescribeKey[quiz,question]{points}\DescribeDefault{1}
% \DescribeKey[quiz,question]{default grade}
% By default, each question is worth 1 point on the quiz.
% This setting may be changed with the \optn{points} key or its synonym, \optn{default grade}.
% For example, \optn{points=2} makes that question worth two points.
%
% \DescribeKey[quiz,question]{penalty}\DescribeDefault{0.1}
% The \optn{penalty} is the fraction of points that is taken off for each wrong attempt;
% it may be set to any value between 0 and 1.
%
% \DescribeKey[answer]{fraction}^^A\DescribeDefault{0}
% In most question types, it is possible to designate some answers as being
% worth partial credit---that is, some fraction of a completely correct answer.
% The \optn{fraction} key may be set to any of the values given in Table~\vref{tab:fraction},
% from \texttt{0} (entirely wrong) to \texttt{100} (entirely correct).
%
% \begin{table}[tbp]
% \centering
% \caption{\href{https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/MOODLE\_310\_STABLE/question/engine/bank.php\#L339}
% {Admissible positive values} for the \optn{fraction} key outside \env{cloze} environments: $100\cdot(p/q)$.}
% \label{tab:fraction}
% \footnotesize
% \begin{tabular}{l*{10}{l}}
% \toprule
% Denominator $q$ & \multicolumn{10}{c}{Numerator $p$}\\
% \cmidrule{2-11}
% & 0 & 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 & 9\\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}
% \cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(lr){7-7}\cmidrule(lr){8-8}
% \cmidrule(lr){9-9}\cmidrule(lr){10-10}\cmidrule(lr){11-11}
% 20 & 0&5&&&&&&&&\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% 10 & &10&20&30&40&50&60&70&80&90\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% 9 & &11.11111&&&&&&&&100\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% 8 & &12.5&&&&&&&100&\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% 7 & &14.28571&&&&&&100&&\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% 6 & &16.66667&&&&83.33333&100&&&\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% 5 & &20&&&80&100&&&&\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% 4 & &25&&75&100&&&&&\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% 3 & &33.33333&66.66667&100&&&&&&\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% 2 & &50&100&&&&&&&\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% 1 & 0&100&&&&&&&&\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \end{table}
%
% In questions where several choices can be selected (see \env{multi} with option
% \optn{multiple}), positive fractions must add up to exactly 100. It is also possible to set
% negative fractions (from -100 to 0) for wrong choices, in order to prevent the
% selection of all choices from leading to a good grade.
% In this case, the value ranging from -100 to 0 must be the opposite of one of the
% values listed in Table~\vref{tab:fraction}.
%
% \DescribeKey[answer]{fractiontol}\DescribeDefault{0.01}
% The package tries to match the \optn{fraction} key to one of the admissible values.
% To this end, the tolerance is controlled by the \optn{fractiontol} key. The default
% value, \texttt{0.01}, may be changed. When no admissible fraction value is matched, the
% package raises an error.
%
% \DescribeKey{feedback}
% The \optn{feedback} key sets text that will appear to the student after completing the quiz.
% For example, one might set
% \begin{center}
% |feedback={This question might show up in the final exam.}|
% \end{center}
% The desired feedback should be included in braces.
%
% \DescribeKey[question]{feedback}If the \optn{feedback} key is set for a question,
% then that feedback will appear to each student regardless of the student's answer.
%
% \DescribeKey[answer]{feedback}
% Answer-specific feedback (perhaps explaining a common mistake)
% may also be given by setting the \optn{feedback} key \emph{at the individual answer}.
%
% \DescribeKey{tags}
% The \optn{tags} key sets a list of keywords for the question that will be taken into account
% by \Moodle\ for filtering purposes or classification of questions inside the question bank.
% It is possible for instance to build a quiz with questions cherry-picked among the set of
% questions holding a particular tag.
% For example, one might set
% \begin{center}
% |tags={easy}|
% \end{center}
% The desired tag should be specified in between braces. Multiple tags can be set as a
% comma-separated list:
% \begin{center}
% |tags={tag1,tag2,{ leading whitespace},{including, comma}}|
% \end{center}
%
% \DescribeKey[quiz]{tags}
% If the \optn{tags} key is set at the quiz level,
% then that tag list will serve as a default for each question of the quiz.
%
% \DescribeKey[question]{tags}
% Question-specific tags can be assigned by setting the \optn{tags} key \emph{at the question level}.
% The question-level \optn{tags} key overrides eventual quiz-level tags.
%
% Users willing to specify a same tag for all questions of the quiz could
% also consider relying on \Moodle's category mechanism.
%
% \subsection{\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Question_types}{Question Types}}
%
% We next discuss the various question types supported by \pkg{moodle}
% and the options that may be set.
%
%\subsubsection{\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/True/False_question_type}{True/False}}
%
% \DescribeEnv[quiz]{truefalse}\oarg{question options}\marg{question name}
% is an environment that defines a \emph{True/False} question.
%
% The syntax for a True/False question is as follows:
% \begin{quote}
% |\begin{truefalse}|\oarg{question options}\marg{question name} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\meta{question text} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item*| \meta{feedback when ``true" is chosen} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item| \meta{feedback when ``false" is chosen} \\
% |\end{truefalse}|
% \end{quote}
% The correct answer is designated by the asterisk \texttt{*} after the \cmd{\item};
% it need not appear first in the list.
%
% Answer-specific feedback can also be defined as an item option, similarly to
% other types.
% \begin{quote}
% |\begin{truefalse}|\oarg{question options}\marg{question name} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\meta{question text} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item[feedback={|\meta{When ``true" is chosen}|}]*| \\
% |\end{truefalse}|
% \end{quote}
% Note that, in this example, no feedback is defined for the incorrect answer
% ``False": the corresponding item can be omitted.
%
% With the True/False question type, the |penalty| key has no effect.
%
% \subsubsection{\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Multiple_Choice_question_type}{Multiple Choice}}
% \label{subsec:multi}
%
% \DescribeEnv[quiz]{multi}\oarg{question options}\marg{question name}
% is an environment that defines a \emph{Multiple Choice} question.
%
% The syntax for a classic multiple choice question,
% with only one correct answer, is as follows:
% \begin{quote}
% |\begin{multi}|\oarg{question options}\marg{question name} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\meta{question text} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item|\oarg{answer options}|*| \meta{correct answer} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item|\oarg{answer options} \meta{wrong answer} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\quad$\vdots$ \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item|\oarg{answer options} \meta{wrong answer} \\
% |\end{multi}|
% \end{quote}
% The correct answer is designated by the asterisk \texttt{*} after the \cmd{\item};
% it need not appear first in the list.
%
%
% \DescribeBoolean[multi]{shuffle}\DescribeDefault{true}
% The Boolean key \optn{shuffle} determines whether \Moodle\ will
% rearrange the possible answers in a random order.
% Setting \optn{shuffle=false} will guarantee that the answers will
% be presented to the student in the order they were typed.
%
% \DescribeKey[multi]{numbering}\DescribeDefault{abc}
% \Moodle\ offers different options for numbering the possible answers.
% You may set the \optn{numbering} key to any of the values listed in
% Table~\vref{tab:numbering_options}.
% \begin{table}[tbp]
% \centering
% \caption{Numbering modalities offered for \env{multi} questions.}
% \label{tab:numbering_options}
% \begin{tabular}{rllllll}
% \toprule
% Sample & a., b., \dots & A., B., \dots & 1., 2., \dots & i., ii., \dots &
% I., II., \dots & $\bullet$ \\
% \cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}
% \cmidrule(lr){7-7}
% \LaTeX\ syntax & \optn{alph} & \optn{Alph} & \optn{arabic} & \optn{roman} & \optn{Roman} & \optn{none}\\
% \Moodle\ syntax & \optn{abc} & \optn{ABCD} & \optn{123} & \optn{iii} & \optn{IIII} & \optn{none} \\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \end{table}
% \optn{numbering=none} produces an unnumbered list of answers.
% Note the \emph{four} capital letters required by \Moodle's syntax
% to obtain upper-case Roman or alphabetic numerals.
%
% \DescribeKey[item]{fraction}\DescribeDefault{0}
% \DescribeKey[item*]{fraction}\DescribeDefault{100}
% The \optn{fraction} key may be automatically set depending on the
% presence of an asterisk \texttt{*} right after the \cmd{\item}. By default,
% Starred items designate correct answers (\optn{fraction=100}) while
% bare items designate incorrect answers (\optn{fraction=0}).
% The key can be used to designate some wrong answers as being worth
% partial credit or sanction. For example, a question might read
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \begin{multi}{my question}
% Compute $\int 4x^3\,dx$.
% \item* $x^4+C$
% \item[fraction=50] $x^4$
% \item $12x^2$
% \end{multi}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=lines]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
%
% \DescribeBoolean[multi]{single}\DescribeDefault{true}
% By default, the \env{multi} environment produces a multiple choice
% question where only one answer can be selected. This is called
% \optn{single} mode.
%^^A On \Moodle, the choices are displayed with radio
%^^A buttons and only one of them can be selected by the student.
%
% In \optn{single} mode, the teacher can set negative fractions for
% incorrect choices. This way, the expected grade of a student
% picking up choices randomly across a quiz is lowered.
% By default, incorrect answers that do not have a fraction
% specified correspond to \optn{fraction=0}.
% \DescribeKey[quiz,multi]{sanction}\DescribeDefault{0} However,
% if the \optn{sanction} key is set to a positive value, at quiz or
% question levels, such incorrect answers are sanctioned as if
% \optn{fraction=-}\meta{sanction value} was set for each of them.
%
% \DescribeKey[multi]{multiple}
% It is also possible to write questions with possibly more than
% one correct answer, asking the user to check all correct answers.
% To do this, use the key \optn{multiple} or \optn{single=false}.
% For this kind of question, the student gets a grade that
% corresponds to the total of the weights of the answers selected.
% Users may rely on two modalities to set the weights of the answers:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item the \emph{advanced mode} applies whenever a \optn{fraction} key
% is set among the proposed answers. In this case, it is recommended
% that the user sets manually everything. Answers that are left with
% no fraction set are considered as neutral, selecting them will
% not change the grade. If \cmd{\item*} is used to designate some correct
% answers, \pkg{moodle} will distribute equally among those answers
% the points that are left for a total of 100\% (only positive
% fractions count here). Note that doing so will easily yield
% situations where the weights are inadmissible (see
% Table~\vref{tab:fraction}).
% \item the \emph{automatic mode} applies when correct answers are
% designated using \cmd{\item*} and no answer has a \optn{fraction} key set.
% In this case, each correct answer is weighted to bring the same
% fraction of the maximum grade and each incorrect answer is
% weighted to cancel the benefits of the selection of one correct
% answer.
% \end{enumerate}
% For example, the following two examples are equivalent:
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \begin{multi}[multiple]{Automatic Mode}
% Which numbers are prime?
% \item 2
% \item* 5
% \item* 7
% \item 1
% \item 6
% \end{multi}
% \begin{multi}[multiple]{Advanced Mode}
% Which numbers are prime?
% \item[fraction=-50] 2
% \item[fraction=50] 5
% \item[fraction=50] 7
% \item[fraction=-50] 1
% \item[fraction=-50] 6
% \end{multi}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=lines]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
% Note that, in this example, negative fractions are set for wrong
% choices. This prevents students from obtaining a good grade with
% no merit if they select all answers.
%
% Contrarily to the \optn{single} mode where questions with negative fractions may
% lead to a overall negative grade, when multiple choices can be selected, the
% lowest grade \Moodle\ will take into account for the question is 0.
%
% \DescribeKey[multi]{allornothing}
% There also exists a \href{https://moodle.org/plugins/qtype_multichoiceset}
% {``All-or-Nothing Multiple Choice''} plugin for \Moodle\ that introduces a
% question type similar to a multiple choice with multiple correct answers,
% with the specificity that the points are given if and only if the student
% selects all correct answers. This kind of question is set up using the
% \optn{allornothing} key.
% The recommended way for designating correct answers is with \cmd{\item*}. If instead
% the \optn{fraction} is used, \pkg{moodle} will consider that non-negative
% fractions ($>0$) designate correct answers and negative fractions ($\leq 0$)
% designate incorrect choices.
% The option \optn{allornothing} supersedes the options \optn{multiple} and \optn{single}.
% To the best of our knowledge, \Moodle\ does not offer the all-or-nothing behavior
% for multiple choice questions embedded inside a \env{cloze} question.
%
% \subsubsection{\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Numerical_question_type}{Numerical}}
%
% \DescribeEnv[quiz]{numerical}\oarg{question options}\marg{question name}
% is an environment that defines a \emph{Numerical} question which, in \Moodle, requires the student
% to input a real number in decimal form.
%
% The typical format for this question type is:
% \begin{quote}
% |\begin{numerical}|\oarg{question options}\marg{question name} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\meta{question text} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item|\oarg{answer options} \meta{correct answer} \\
% |\end{numerical}|
% \end{quote}
% If there is more than one correct answer, additional \cmd{\item}'s may be included.
% Because this is not a multiple choice question, there is no need to provide
% incorrect answers. There may nevertheless be reasons to include incorrect answers.
% For example, partially correct answers may be specified by setting the \optn{fraction} key.
% Feedback for a common mistake may be given by including the incorrect answer like this:
% \begin{quote}\footnotesize
% |\item[fraction=0,feedback={Forgot to antidifferentiate?}]| \meta{incorrect answer}
% \end{quote}
%
% \DescribeKey[numerical]{tolerance}\DescribeDefault{0}
% The \optn{tolerance} key can be used to specify the validity of answers within some margin.
% This key can be set at different levels: quiz, question, item.
% For example, with the question
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \begin{numerical}[tolerance=0.01]{my question}
% Approximate value of $\sqrt{2}$?
% \item[tolerance={1e-1}] 1.4142
% \item[fraction=20,feedback={twice this!}] 7.0711e-1
% \item[fraction=0,feedback={Wrong!}] *
% \end{numerical}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=lines]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
% In this example,
% \begin{itemize}
% \item any answer in the range $[1.4042,1.4242]$ will be validated,
% \item any answer in the range $[0.69711,0.71711]$ will get the specific feedback
% \emph{twice this!} and 20\% of points,
% \item any other answer is incorrect and will get the specific feedback
% \emph{Wrong!}.
% \end{itemize}
%
% When feedback is to be given for any non-specified answer, one can add a \emph{last} answer
% item containing the wildcard character \texttt{*} only. In this case, the \optn{tolerance} key is irrelevant.
%
% Both answers and tolerance can be specified with the comma (\texttt{,}) as a decimal separator.
% Exponent notation is accepted. After import, \Moodle\ will recognize indifferently \texttt{0.000165},
% \texttt{0,000165}, \texttt{1.65E-4}, \texttt{1.65e-4}, \texttt{1,65E-4}, and \texttt{1,65e-4}.
%
% If the \pkg{siunitx} package is loaded, \pkg{moodle} will detect it and
% numbers will be rendered nicely in the \PDF\ output.
%
% Units, unit-handling and multipliers are currently unsupported.\watchout
%
% \subsubsection{\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Short-Answer_question_type}{Short Answer}}
%
% \DescribeEnv[quiz]{shortanswer}\oarg{question options}\marg{question name}
% is an environment that defines a \emph{Short Answer} question. It resembles
% a \env{numerical} question: the student is to fill in a text box with a
% missing word or phrase.
% \begin{quote}
% |\begin{shortanswer}|\oarg{question options}\marg{question name} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\meta{question text} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item|\oarg{answer options} \meta{correct answer} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\quad$\vdots$ \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item|\oarg{answer options} \meta{correct answer} \\
% |\end{shortanswer}|
% \end{quote}
% You can make the text box appear as part of the question with the
% control sequence \cmd{\blank}. For example,
% your question might read
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \begin{shortanswer}{Leibniz}
% Newton's rival was Gottfried Wilhelm \blank.
% \item Leibniz
% \item Leibniz.
% \end{shortanswer}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=lines]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
% Note that as the blank occurred at the end of a sentence,
% we included two answers,
% lest students get the question wrong merely by
% including or omitting a period.
%
% \DescribeBoolean[shortanswer]{case sensitive}\DescribeDefault{false}
% The default setting when creating a Short Answer question in \Moodle\
% is to ignore the distinction between upper- and lower-case letters
% when grading a short answer question. This default is preserved by
% \pkg{moodle}.
% You can make a question case-sensitive with the Boolean key
% \optn{case sensitive} or its shorter synonym \optn{usecase}\DescribeBoolean[shortanswer]{usecase}.
%
% The \href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Short-Answer_question_type#Wildcard_usage}%
% {wildcard character} \texttt{*} can used to grab answers that match
% a specific pattern. Following the order of answers, the first match will lead
% to the corresponding score and eventual feedback. As an example, take the
% following question
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \begin{shortanswer}[usecase]{Newton's name}
% What was Newton's first name?
% \item Isaac
% \item[fraction=0,feedback={Simply Isaac!}] Isaa*
% \item[fraction=0,feedback={This one is Leibniz!}] *Gottfried*
% \item[fraction=0,feedback={First name, not title!}] Sir*
% \item[fraction=0,feedback={No\dots}] *
% \end{shortanswer}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=lines]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
% \begin{itemize}\def\answ#1{\framebox{\texttt{#1}}}%
% \item the answer \answ{Isaac} is the only one that gets rewarded,
% \item answers \answ{Isaac Leibniz}, \answ{Isaac Newton}, and \answ{Isaak} yield
% the feedback \emph{Simply Isaac!},
% \item answers \answ{Sir Gottfried Wilhelm}, \answ{Sir Gottfried},
% \answ{Gottfried Wilhem}, and \answ{Gottfried} yield
% the feedback \emph{This one is Leibniz!},
% \item answers \answ{Sir Isaac}, and \answ{Sir} yield
% the feedback \emph{First name, not title!},
% \item any answer that does not match the previous patterns
% yields the feedback \emph{No\dots}.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsubsection{\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Essay_question_type}{Essay}}\label{subsubsect:essay}
%
% \DescribeEnv[quiz]{essay}\oarg{question options}\marg{question name}
% is an environment that defines an \emph{Essay} question.
%
% Instructors may ask essay questions on a \Moodle\ quiz,
% although \Moodle's software is not up to the task of grading them!
% Instead, each essay question answer must be graded manually by the
% instructor or a teaching assistant.
% \begin{quote}
% |\begin{essay}|\oarg{question options}\marg{question name} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\meta{question text} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item| \meta{information 1 for grader} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\quad$\vdots$ \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item| \meta{information $n$ for grader} \\
% |\end{essay}|
% \end{quote}
% Instead of containing answers, the \cmd{\item} entries included in the \env{essay}
% question contain notes that will appear to whoever is grading the question manually.
% Contrarily to other question types, \cmd{\item} in \env{essay} questions
% do not take options.
%
% \DescribeBoolean[essay]{response required}\DescribeDefault{false}
% Although \Moodle\ cannot grade the content of an essay question,
% it can at least determine whether the question has been left blank.
% If the \optn{response required} key is set, \Moodle\ will insist that the student
% enter something in the blank before accepting the quiz as completed.
%
% \DescribeKey[essay]{response format}\DescribeDefault{html}
% \Moodle\ offers five different ways for students to enter and/or upload their
% answers to an essay question. You may choose one of these five options:
% \begin{description}
% \ItemDescribeOther[response format]{html} An editor with the ability to format \HTML\ responses
% including markup for italics, boldface, etc. This is the default.
% \ItemDescribeOther[response format]{file} A file picker allowing the student to upload a
% file, such as a \PDF\ or DOC file, containing the essay.
% \ItemDescribeOther[response format]{html+file} The same \HTML\ editor as above, but with the
% ability to upload files as well. This permits some students to type
% answers directly into the web form, and others to compose their
% essays in another program first.
% \ItemDescribeOther[response format]{text} This editor allows only for entering plain text
% without any markup.
% \ItemDescribeOther[response format]{monospaced} This yields a plain text editor, without any
% markup, and with a fixed-width font. This could be useful for
% entering code snippets, for example.
% \end{description}
%
% \DescribeKey[essay]{response field lines}\DescribeDefault{15}
% The key \optn{response field lines} controls the height of the input box.
% For \Moodle, the admissible values are: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, and 40.
% If the value set is not admissible, \pkg{moodle} will approximate the value:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item with either 5 or 40 if the value set was out of range, or
% \item with the next multiple of 5 otherwise.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \DescribeKey[essay]{attachments allowed}\DescribeDefault{0}
% The \optn{attachments allowed} key controls \emph{how many} attachments a student is
% allowed to upload. Admissible values are \texttt{0}, \texttt{1}, \texttt{2},
% \texttt{3}, or \texttt{unlimited}.
%
% \DescribeKey[essay]{attachments required}\DescribeDefault{0}
% You may also require the student to upload a certain number of attachments
% by setting \optn{attachments required} to \texttt{0}, \texttt{1}, \texttt{2}, or \texttt{3}.
%
% \DescribeKey[essay]{template}
% Finally, you may preload the essay question with a template that the student
% will edit and/or type over, with the key \optn{template=}\marg{template}.
% The \meta{template} should be enclosed in braces.
%
% \subsubsection{\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Matching_question_type}{Matching}}
%
% \DescribeEnv[quiz]{matching}\oarg{question options}\marg{question name}
% is an environment that defines a \emph{Matching} question. It typically
% looks like this:
% \begin{quote}
% |\begin{matching}|\oarg{question options}\marg{question name} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\meta{question text} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item| \meta{item 1} |\answer| \meta{match 1}\\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item| \meta{item 2} |\answer| \meta{match 2}\\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\quad$\vdots$ \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item| \meta{item $m$} |\answer| \meta{match $m$}\\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item| |\answer| \meta{no match $1$}\\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\quad$\vdots$ \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}|\item| |\answer| \meta{no match $n$}\\
% |\end{matching}|
% \end{quote}
% \meta{match}es $1$ through $m$ are separated from their corresponding
% \meta{item}s by the command \cmd{\answer}\DescribeMacro[matching]{\answer}.
% Answers that match no item can be proposed at the end of the list,
% preceded by an empty item.
%
% After import, \Moodle\ will recognize matches that are \emph{exact}
% duplicates. If you intend multiple questions to have the same match,
% make sure that they are entered identically.
%
% \DescribeBoolean[matching]{shuffle}\DescribeDefault{true}
% When students take a matching question, \Moodle\ always displays
% the proposed matches in random order.
% The \env{matching} question accepts the option |shuffle| to also
% randomly permute the items.
%
% \DescribeBoolean[matching]{drag and drop}\DescribeDefault{false}
% The standard matching question offered by \Moodle\ corresponds to
% a dropdown box for choosing the match for each item.
% There also exists a \href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Drag_and_drop_matching_question_type}
% {``drag and drop matching''} plugin for \Moodle\ that
% shows all items in a column (left), all proposed matches in a second column
% (right), and asks students to drag the correct
% match to each item with the mouse.
% In this package, to enable drag-and-drop matching, use the key
% \optn{drag and drop} or \optn{dd}\DescribeKey[matching]{dd}\ for short.
% Beware that, with the standard format (\optn{drag and drop=false}), due
% to the limitations of dropdown boxes, \Moodle\ will not render \LaTeX\
% or \HTML\ code passed in the answers.
%
% \subsubsection{\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Embedded_Answers_(Cloze)_question_type}
% {Cloze Questions and Subquestions}}
%
% \DescribeEnv[quiz]{cloze}\oarg{question options}\marg{question name}
% is an environment that defines a \emph{Cloze} question.
%
% A ``cloze question'' has one or more subquestions embedded within a passage of text.
% For example, you might ask students to fill in several missing words within
% a sentence, or calculate several coefficients of a polynomial.
% To encode cloze questions in \LaTeX\ using this package is easy:
% you simply nest one or more \env{multi}, \env{numerical}, or \env{shortanswer} environments
% within a \env{cloze} environment, as in the following example:
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \begin{cloze}{my cloze question}
% Thanks to calculus, invented by Isaac
% \begin{shortanswer}[usecase]
% \item Newton
% \end{shortanswer},
% we know that the derivative of $x^2$ is
% \begin{multi}[horizontal]
% \item $2x$
% \item* $\frac{1}{3} x^3 + C$
% \item $0$
% \end{multi}
% and that $\int_0^2 x^2\,dx$ equals
% \begin{numerical}
% \item[tolerance={4e-4}] 2.667
% \end{numerical}.
% Thanks, Isaac!
% \end{cloze}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=lines]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
%
% Note that, when used as a subquestion within a \env{cloze} question,
% the question environments are \emph{not} followed by a question
% name in braces.
% \begin{description}
% \ItemDescribeEnv[cloze]{multi}\oarg{subquestion options} defines a
% Multiple Choice question inside a Cloze question,
% \ItemDescribeEnv[cloze]{numerical}\oarg{subquestion options} defines a
% Numerical question inside a Cloze question, and
% \ItemDescribeEnv[cloze]{shortanswer}\oarg{subquestion options} defines a
% Shortanswer question inside a Cloze question,
% \end{description}
%
% \DescribeKey[cloze]{points}\DescribeDefault{1}
% \DescribeKey[cloze]{default grade}
% Inside \env{cloze} environments, the \optn{points} or \optn{default grade}
% keys can be used to weight the worth of each subquestion. A specific
% constraint applies: the values should be positive integers.
%
% \DescribeKey[cloze]{fraction}
% Inside \env{cloze} environments, the \optn{fraction} key can be used to give
% partial credit or sanction for certain answers. The values
% specified must be integers and are independent of the admissible
% values listed in Table~\vref{tab:fraction}.
%
% \DescribeBoolean[cloze]{single}\DescribeDefault{true}
% \DescribeKey[cloze]{multiple}
% Prior to \Moodle\ version 3.5, within a \env{cloze} question, a multiple choice question
% was necessarily of type \optn{single}, i.e. with a single good answer. If you intend
% to export your quiz to \Moodle\ 3.5+, the option \optn{multiple} can be used for
% questions where students must be able to select several answers.
% The modalities described in Section~\vref{subsec:multi} for setting the
% weight of answers apply. The only difference occurs in \emph{advanced mode}:
% the sum of positive fractions may not be 100\%. In this case, after
% importing the \XML\ file, \Moodle\ will automatically scale the positive
% fractions for a total of 100\% and leave intact the negative fractions.
% ^^A\footnote{\url{https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-3782?focusedCommentId=421564\#comment-421564}}.
%
% ^^A\DescribeKey[cloze]{vertical}\DescribeKey[cloze]{horizontal}\DescribeKey[cloze]{inline}
% ^^A\DescribeDefault{inline}
% Within a \env{cloze} question, a multiple choice question may be displayed in three
% different modes:
% \begin{description}
% \ItemDescribeKey[cloze]{inline} The inline dropdown box is the default choice
% when only one answer is to be selected (option \optn{single}). The dropdown box
% is visually compact, but also prevents the use of mathematical or \HTML\ formatting.
% This option is incompatible\watchout\ with \optn{multiple} or \optn{single=false}
% (dropdown boxes don't let you pick up several answers!).
% \ItemDescribeKey[cloze]{vertical} displays the subquestion as a vertical column
% of radio buttons instead. This is the default when several items can
% be selected (options \optn{multiple} or \optn{single=false}).
% \ItemDescribeKey[cloze]{horizontal} creates a horizontal row of radio buttons.
% This option works well when the possible answers are short. The result is more
% compact than what \optn{vertical} gives.
% \end{description}
%
% \DescribeBoolean[cloze]{shuffle}
% Starting from \Moodle\ version 3.0, within a \env{cloze} question, the items of a
% multiple choice question can be shuffled. Setting \optn{shuffle=false} will
% guarantee that the answer appear in the order they were typed; the
% default is \optn{shuffle=true}.
%
% \DescribeBoolean[cloze]{case sensitive}\DescribeDefault{false}
% \DescribeBoolean[cloze]{usecase}
% Within a \env{cloze} question, the \env{shortanswer} question can be made case sensitive.
% This option, disabled by default, is selected with \optn{case sensitive} or \optn{usecase}.
%
%\subsubsection{\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Description_question_type}{Description}}
%
% \DescribeEnv[quiz]{description}\oarg{question options}\marg{question name}
% is an environment that defines a so-called \emph{Description} question.
%
% The \Moodle\ description type is not really a question. It is more like a label.
% One can set a \optn{feedback} that the student gets when reviewing the submission.
% Tags can be set as well.
%
% For descriptions, \pkg{moodle} redefines \LaTeX's \env{description} environment.
% The scope of this redefinition is limited to the \env{quiz} environment.
%
% The syntax for a Description question is as follows:
% \begin{quote}
% |\begin{description}|\oarg{question options}\marg{question name} \\
% \rule{2em}{0pt}\meta{question text} \\
% |\end{description}|
% \end{quote}
%
% \subsection{Summary of the Key Options}
%
% Table~\vref{tab:key-options}, summarizes
% the key options available at the question and answer levels depending on the
% question type. For the essay questions, please refer to Section~\vref{subsubsect:essay}.
%
% \begin{table}[tbp]
% \centering
% \caption{Options offered at the question and answer levels for each question type.}
% \label{tab:key-options}
% \small
% \begin{tabular}{*{15}{l}}
% \toprule
% & \multicolumn{11}{l}{Question} & \multicolumn{3}{l}{Answer}\\
% \cmidrule(lr){2-12}\cmidrule(lr){13-15}
% Question type & \rotatebox{90}{points} &
% \rotatebox{90}{penalty} & \rotatebox{90}{feedback} & \rotatebox{90}{tags} &
% \rotatebox{90}{shuffle} & \rotatebox{90}{numbering} & \rotatebox{90}{multiple} &
% \rotatebox{90}{allornothing} &\rotatebox{90}{usecase} & \rotatebox{90}{tolerance} &
% \rotatebox{90}{dd} & \rotatebox{90}{fraction} & \rotatebox{90}{feedback} &
% \rotatebox{90}{tolerance}\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}
% \cmidrule(lr){4-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(lr){7-7}
% \cmidrule(lr){8-8}\cmidrule(lr){9-9}\cmidrule(lr){10-10}\cmidrule(lr){11-11}
% \cmidrule(lr){12-12}\cmidrule(lr){13-13}\cmidrule(lr){14-14}\cmidrule(lr){15-15}
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Multiple_Choice_question_type}
% {Multichoice} & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ &
% $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & & & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ \\
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Numerical_question_type}{Numerical}
% & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & & & &
% & & $\bullet$ & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ \\
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Short-Answer_question_type}{Short
% Answer} & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & & & &
% & $\bullet$ & & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ \\
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Matching_question_type}{Matching}
% & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & & &
% & & & $\bullet$ & & \\
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/True/False_question_type}
% {True/False} & $\bullet$ & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & & & &
% & & & & & $\bullet$ \\
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Description_question_type}
% {Description} & & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & & & &
% & & & & & \\
% ^^A\href{https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Essay_question_type}{Essay} & \\\hline%
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Embedded_Answers_(Cloze)_question_type}{Cloze}
% & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & & & &
% & & & & & \\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \hspace{1em}Numerical & $\bullet$ & & & & & & &
% & &$\bullet$ & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ \\
% \hspace{1em}Short Answer & $\bullet$ & & & & & & &
% & $\bullet$ & & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ \\
% \hspace{1em}Multi (inline) & $\bullet$ & & & & $\bullet$ & & &
% & & & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ \\
% \hspace{1em}Multi (horiz.) & $\bullet$ & & & & $\bullet$ & & $\bullet$
% & & & & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ \\
% \hspace{1em}Multi (vert.) & $\bullet$ & & & & $\bullet$ & & $\bullet$
% & & & & & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ \\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \end{table}
%
% \subsection{Automated Generation of Questions}
%
% \Moodle's \href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Calculated_question_type}
% {Calculated Questions} types are not supported by this package.
%
% However, much more flexibly, a scripting language can be used in
% combination with \pkg{moodle} to generate a large set of questions,
% based on a prototype.
%
% In this case, the teacher building a quiz often wants one of the questions
% to be randomly picked up and presented to the student. To achieve this,
% we suggest to apply a specific tag to the questions sharing the same prototype.
% After import in \Moodle, when creating a quiz, this tag can be selected to
% narrow down a random selection of questions.
%
% This way, the feature of calculated questions can be reproduced, while
% benefiting from the flexibility given by your favorite scripting language.
%
% In this Section, two possible approaches are presented.
%
% \subsubsection{Script Generating \TeX\ Code}
%
% Here are two examples inspired from the work of
% \href{https://github.com/avohns/python-latex-moodle-quiz}{A. Vohns}.
% The first one relies on the
% native \prog{Lua} capabilities of \LuaLaTeX.
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \begin{quiz}[tags={calculated}]{Example Quiz}
% \directlua{
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=topline]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
% \vspace{-.7cm}
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% function clozenum_print(pair,op,result)
% tex.print("\\begin{numerical}$"..pair[1].." "..op.." "..pair[2].."
% =$".."\\item ",result,"\\end{numerical}")
% end
% function cloze_print(pair,points)
% tex.print("\\begin{cloze}[points="..points.."]{Arithmetic Quiz
% ("..pair[1]..", "..pair[2]..")}Solve the following tasks!\\\\")
% clozenum_print(pair,"+",pair[1]+pair[2])
% clozenum_print(pair,"-",pair[1]-pair[2])
% clozenum_print(pair,"*",pair[1]*pair[2])
% if pair[1]/pair[2]==math.floor(pair[1]/pair[2]) then
% clozenum_print(pair,":",math.floor(pair[1]/pair[2]))
% end
% tex.print("\\end{cloze}")
% end
% for x = 2,4 do
% for y = 2,4 do
% if x>y then
% if x/y==math.floor(x/y) then points=1 else points=2 end
% cloze_print({x,y},points)
% end
% end
% end
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[]{lua}{minted.doc.out}
% \vspace{-.7cm}
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% }
% \end{quiz}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=bottomline]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
% The second example makes use of the \pkg{python} package (|\usepackage{python}|).
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \begin{quiz}[tags={calculated}]{Example Quiz}
% \begin{python}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=topline]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
% \vspace{-.7cm}
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% def clozenum_print(pair,op,result):
% print(rf"""\begin{{numerical}}
% ${pair[0]} {op} {pair[1]} =$\item {result}
% \end{{numerical}}""")
% def cloze_print(pair,points):
% print(rf"""\begin{{cloze}}[points={points}]{{Arithmetic Quiz
% {(pair[0],pair[1])}}}Solve the following tasks!\\""")
% clozenum_print([x,y],"+",x+y)
% clozenum_print([x,y],"-",x-y)
% clozenum_print([x,y],"*",x*y)
% if pair[0]/pair[1] == pair[0]//pair[1]:
% clozenum_print([x,y],":",x//y)
% print("\end{cloze}")
% for x in range(2,5):
% for y in range(2,5):
% if x > y:
% if x/y == x//y:
% points=1
% else:
% points=2
% cloze_print([x,y],points)
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[]{python}{minted.doc.out}
% \vspace{-.7cm}
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \end{python}
% \end{quiz}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=bottomline]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
% These two example codes yield the same \XML\ content.
%
% \subsubsection{\TeX\ Code As a Template}
%
% Instead of mixing \TeX\ and scripting code into the same file, it is probably
% a better practice to write a |.tex| template file with predefined variables and
% manipulate the latter using an external script.
%
% The \pkg{moodle} package facilitates the development of question templates.
% Specific control sequences (e.g.~\TeX\ commands) can be used in place of answers
% or other parameters to the questions. In \optn{draft} mode, this should be
% possible even where \pkg{moodle} expects numerical values (e.g.~answers of
% numerical questions).
% After drafting and question development, the control sequences can then be
% substituted, by means of a scripting language, with instances of the variables
% pulled from a database (e.g. |*.csv| file).
% This way, complex quizzes, with parameterized TikZ pictures for instance, can be produced.
%
% This approach, briefly presented in the rest of this section, is demonstrated by
% C. Caprani in \href{https://github.com/ccaprani/genquiz}{genquiz},
% with Python for scripting and Jinja as a templating engine.
%
% The specific control sequence of the template is the \TeX\ command |\VAR|, taking
% the variable name to be substituted from the database as an argument. In order to
% highlight the fields for template development, in \optn{draft} mode, this command is
% defined to typeset the variable name in bold red font. When generating the \XML\
% question bank, in \optn{final} mode, the variable values are substituted for the
% specific control sequence. Variables can be used to define numerical answers,
% tolerances, and even parameterize TikZ pictures.
%
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% \documentclass{article}
% \usepackage[draft]{moodle}
% \usepackage{tikz}
% \newcommand*{\VAR}[1]{\textcolor{red}{\textbf{#1}}}
% \begin{document}
% \begin{quiz}{Disk or Square}
% \begin{cloze}[tags={disk area}]
% {Area of the Disk QID00\VAR{qidx}}
% \begin{tikzpicture}
% \draw[fill=black!20] circle[radius=1];
% \draw[<->] (0,0)--(1,0)node[above,midway]{\VAR{radius}};
% \end{tikzpicture}
% A disk has radius \VAR{radius}, what is its area?
% \begin{numerical}[points=1,penalty=0]
% \item[tolerance = \VAR{areatol}] \VAR{area}
% \item[fraction=0,feedback={Note the units.}] * % incorrect
% \end{numerical}
% Provide your answers to 3 significant digits.
% \end{cloze}
% \end{quiz}
% \end{document}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=1,frame=lines]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
%
% A small python code that reads the template and renders the actual |*.tex| file
% is shown below. In this example, the template file is called |quiz_template.tex| and
% the variables are hard-coded as a list of Python dictionaries. But nothing prevents
% you from generating them on-the-fly or picking them from a database.
% It is worth noting that \prog{jinja2} will process all |\VAR{|\meta{name}|}| occurrences,
% regardless of \TeX\ comments.
%
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=1]{minted.doc.out}
% import os
% import jinja2
%
% # Tell jinja what to look for in the template
% # (from web.archive.org/web/20121024021221/http://e6h.de/post/11/)
% latex_jinja_env = jinja2.Environment(
% variable_start_string=r"\VAR{",
% variable_end_string=r"}",
% comment_start_string=r"\#{",
% comment_end_string="}",
% loader=jinja2.FileSystemLoader(os.path.abspath(".")),
% )
%
% # Load the template
% template = latex_jinja_env.get_template("quiz_template.tex")
%
% # Prepare the variables or read from a database
% database = [
% {"qidx": 1, "radius": 2, "areatol": 0.1, "area": 12.57},
% {"qidx": 2, "radius": 3, "areatol": 0.2, "area": 28.27},
% {"qidx": 3, "radius": 4, "areatol": 0.4, "area": 50.26},
% ]
%
% for row in database:
% # combine template and variables
% document = template.render(**row)
%
% # XML files are generated by moodle.sty in "final" mode
% document = document.replace(r"\usepackage[draft]{moodle}",
% r"\usepackage{moodle}")
%
% # write document
% with open(f"{row['qidx']}.tex","w",encoding="utf-8") as outfile:
% outfile.write(document)
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=1,frame=lines]{python}{minted.doc.out}
%
% Executing this Python code will result in three new |.tex| files in the current directory.
% These can then be compiled with a \TeX\ engine to produce the individual \XML\ files.
% Of course, for a large number of quizzes it is preferable to automate this compilation,
% and to combine the large number of resulting \XML\ files into a single \XML\ file for upload
% to Moodle. See \href{https://github.com/ccaprani/genquiz}{genquiz} for more details.
%
% Naturally, the concept of templating, demonstrated here with Python, may be orchestrated
% using other scripting languages.
%
% \section{Conversion to HTML}
%
% \subsection{Level of Support}
%
% The package \pkg{moodle.sty} tries to automatically
% convert the \LaTeX\ code included in the questions
% into \HTML\ for web display.
%
% With this aim, a number of \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ macros,
% commands, and environments undergo a tailored treatment
% when \pkg{moodle} generates the \XML\ file. A few tables
% describe the current level of support:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item text mode diacritic macros (e.g.~|\"u|) in Table~\vref{tab:diacritics},
% \item text mode macros for ligatures (e.g.~\cmd{\oe}) and other glyphs (e.g.~\cmd{\aa}) in
% Table~\vref{tab:ligatures_and_glyphs},
% \item horizontal spacing (e.g.~\cmd{\quad}) and line breaking (e.g.~\cmd{\\}) macros in
% Table~\vref{tab:spacing},
% \item text mode symbols (e.g.~\cmd{\$}) and punctuation (e.g.~\cmd{\textexclamdown}) macros in
% Table~\vref{tab:symbols_and_punctuation}, and finally
% \item other \LaTeX\ commands (e.g.~\cmd{\emph}) and environments (e.g.~\env{center})
% in Table~\vref{tab:commands_and_environments}.
% \end{enumerate}
%^^A \pagebreak
%
%^^A Inspired by https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/163717/228515
% \begin{table}[tbp]
% \centering
% \caption{Text mode diacritic macros undergoing a tailored conversion to \HTML.}
% \label{tab:diacritics}
% \begin{threeparttable}
% \begin{tabular}{clll}
% \toprule
% Definition & Letter List\tnote{1} & Description & Samples\\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}
% \cmd{\"}\marg{letter} & a, e, i, o, u, y &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diaeresis_(diacritic)}{umlaut or diaeresis}
% & \"{a} \"{A} \"{e} \"{E} \"{i} \"{I} \"{o} \"{O} \dots\ \"{Y}\\
% \cmd{\'}\marg{letter} & a, e, i, o, u &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acute\_accent}{acute accent}
% & \'{a} \'{A} \'{e} \'{E} \'{i} \'{I} \'{o} \'{O} \'{u} \'{U}\\
% \cmd{\.}\marg{letter} & c, e, g, i, z &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dot_(diacritic)#Overdot}{overdot}
% & \.{c} \.{C} \.{e} \.{E} \.{g} \.{G} \.{i} \.{I} \.{z} \.{Z}\\
% \cmd{\=}\marg{letter} & a, e, g, i, o, u, y &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macron_(diacritic)}{macron}
% & \={a} \={A} \={e} \={E} \={g} \={G} \={i} \={I} \dots\ \={Y}\\
% \cmd{\^}\marg{letter} & a, e, i, o, u &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Circumflex}{circumflex} &
% \^{a} \^{A} \^{e} \^{E} \^{i} \^{I} \^{o} \^{O} \^{u} \^{U}\\
% \cmd{\`}\marg{letter} & a, e, i, o, u &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grave\_accent}{grave accent}
% & \`{a} \`{A} \`{e} \`{E} \`{i} \`{I} \`{o} \`{O} \`{u} \`{U}\\
% \cmd{\~}\marg{letter} & a, n, o &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tilde}{tilde}
% & \~{a} \~{A} \~{n} \~{N} \~{o} \~{O}\\
% \cmd{\b}\marg{letter} & b, d, k, l, n, t, z &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macron_below}{macron below}
% & \b{b} \b{B} \b{d} \b{D} \b{k} \b{K} \b{l} \dots\ \b{Z}\\
% \cmd{\c}\marg{letter} & c, s, t &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cedilla}{cedilla}
% & \c{c} \c{C} \c{s} \c{S} \c{t} \c{T}\\
% \cmd{\d}\marg{letter} & a, b &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dot_(diacritic)#Underdot}{underdot}
% & \d{a} \d{A} \d{b} \d{B}\\
% \cmd{\H}\marg{letter} & o, u &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Double\_acute\_accent}{double acute accent}
% & \H{o} \H{O} \H{u} \H{U}\\
% \cmd{\k}\marg{letter} & a, e, i, o, u &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ogonek}{ogonek}
% & \k{a} \k{A} \k{e} \k{E} \k{i} \k{I} \k{o} \k{O} \k{u} \k{U}\\
% \cmd{\r}\marg{letter} & a, u &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ring_(diacritic)#Overring}{overring}
% & \r{a} \r{A} \r{u} \r{U} \\
%^^A \cmd{\t}\marg{letter} & a, b, c & tie-after accent & \t{oo}\\
% \cmd{\u}\marg{letter} & a, e, g, i\tnote{2}, \i, o, u &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Breve}{breve}
% & \u{a} \u{A} \u{e} \u{E} \u{i} \u{\i} \u{I} \u{o} \u{O} \u{u} \u{U}\\
% \cmd{\v}\marg{letter} & c, d, e, l, n, r, s, t, z &
% \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caron}{caron or h\'a\v{c}ek}
% & \v{c} \v{C} \v{d} \v{D} \v{e} \v{E} \v{l} \dots\ \v{Z}\\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \begin{tablenotes}
% \item[1] The lowercase letters listed also stand for their uppercase
% equivalent.
% \item[2] pdf\TeX\ v3.14159265 typesets |\u{i}| with an objectionable tittle.
% Use |\u{\i}|.
% \end{tablenotes}
% \end{threeparttable}
% \end{table}
%
% \begin{table}[tbp]
% \centering
% \caption{Text mode ligature and glyph macros undergoing a tailored conversion
% to \HTML.}
% \label{tab:ligatures_and_glyphs}
% \begin{threeparttable}
% \begin{tabular}{cccc}
% \toprule
% \multicolumn{2}{c}{Lowercase} & \multicolumn{2}{c}{Uppercase} \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-4}
% Definition & Sample & Definition & Sample \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}
% \cmd{\aa} & \aa & \cmd{\AA} & \AA \\
% \cmd{\ae} & \ae & \cmd{\AE} & \AE \\
% \cmd{\dh} & \dh & \cmd{\DH} & \DH \\
% \cmd{\dj} & \dj & \cmd{\DJ} & \DJ \\
% \cmd{\i} & \i & & \\
% \cmd{\ij} & \ij & \cmd{\IJ} & \IJ \\
% \cmd{\j} & \j & & \\
% \cmd{\l} & \l & \cmd{\L} & \L \\
% \cmd{\ng} & \ng & \cmd{\NG} & \NG \\
% \cmd{\o} & \o & \cmd{\O} & \O \\
% \cmd{\oe} & \oe & \cmd{\OE} & \OE \\
% \cmd{\ss} & \ss & \cmd{\SS}\tnote{1} & \SS\tnote{2} \\
% \cmd{\th} & \th & \cmd{\TH} & \TH \\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \begin{tablenotes}
% \item[1] Contrarily to most fonts, Libertine, used in this documentation and
% available for instance via the package \pkg{libertine}, defines the glyph
% \SS.
% \item[2] \LaTeX\ defines the \cmd{\SS} macro but pdf\TeX\ renders it as a
% doubled capital S.
% \end{tablenotes}
% \end{threeparttable}
% \end{table}
%
% \begin{table}[tbp]
% \centering
% \caption{Text mode horizontal spacing and line breaking macros undergoing a
% tailored conversion to \HTML.}
% \label{tab:spacing}
%^^A Inspired by https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/74354/228515
% \begin{threeparttable}
% \begin{tabular}{ll}
% \toprule
% Definition & Description \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}
% \cmd{\,} or \cmd{\thinspace} & narrow non-breaking space \\
% |~| or \texttt{\textbackslash\textvisiblespace} & non-breaking space \\
% \cmd{\>}\tnote{1},{ } \cmd{\:}{}\tnote{2}{ } or \cmd{\medspace}\tnote{2} & mid space \\
% \cmd{\;}\tnote{2}{ } or \cmd{\thickspace}\tnote{2} & thick space \\
% \cmd{\enspace} & nut (1en wide space)\\
% \cmd{\quad} & mutton (1em wide space)\\
% \cmd{\qquad} & doubled mutton (2em wide space)\\
% \cmd{\textvisiblespace} & sample: \textvisiblespace \\
% \cmd{\\} or \cmd{\newline} & start a new line \\
% |\par| or \meta{blank line} & start a new paragraph \\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \begin{tablenotes}
% \item[1] \cmd{\>} is defined in math-mode only.
% \item[2] \cmd{\:}, \cmd{\medspace}, \cmd{\;}, and \cmd{\thickspace} require the package
% \pkg{amsmath}.
% \end{tablenotes}
% \end{threeparttable}
% \end{table}
%
% \begin{table}[tbp]
% \centering
% \caption{Text mode punctuation marks and symbol macros undergoing a tailored
% conversion to \HTML. A baseline is represented in the samples of quotations
% marks, in order to draw attention to their vertical positioning.}
% \label{tab:symbols_and_punctuation}
% \newsavebox\textbox
% \newcommand\showbaseline[1]{\leavevmode\sbox\textbox{#1}
% \rlap{\rule{\wd\textbox}{.1pt}}\usebox\textbox}
% \begin{threeparttable}
% \begin{tabular}{llc}
% \toprule
% Package & Definition & Sample \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}
% \LaTeX\ base & \cmd{\%} & \% \\
% & \cmd{\#} & \# \\
% & \cmd{\_} & \_ \\
% & \cmd{\textbackslash} & \textbackslash \\
% & \cmd{\$} & \$ \\
% & \cmd{\&} & \& \\
% & \cmd{\S} & \S \\
% & |\{| & \{ \\
% & |\}| & \} \\
% & \cmd{\texteuro} & \texteuro \\
% & \cmd{\dots} or \cmd{\ldots} & \dots \\
% & \cmd{\textexclamdown} & \textexclamdown \\
% & \cmd{\textquestiondown} & \textquestiondown \\
% & |--| & -- \\
% & |=| & = \\
% & |`| and |'|\tnote{1} & \showbaseline{` '} \\
% & \cmd{\textquoteleft} and \cmd{\textquoteright}
% & \showbaseline{\textquoteleft\ \textquoteright} \\
% & |``| and |''|\tnote{1,2} & \showbaseline{`` ''} \\
% & \cmd{\textquotedblleft} and \cmd{\textquotedblright}
% & \showbaseline{\textquotedblleft\ \textquotedblright} \\
% & \cmd{\textquotesingle} & \showbaseline{\textquotesingle\ } \\
% & |"| & \showbaseline{" }\tnote{2} \\
% & \cmd{\textquotedbl} & \showbaseline{\textquotedbl\ }\\
% & \cmd{\guilsinglleft} and \cmd{\guilsinglright}
% & \showbaseline{\guilsinglleft\ \guilsinglright} \\
% & \cmd{\guillemotleft} and \cmd{\guillemotright}
% & \showbaseline{\guillemotleft\ \guillemotright}\\
% & \cmd{\quotesinglbase} & \showbaseline{\quotesinglbase\ }\\
% & \cmd{\quotedblbase} & \showbaseline{\quotedblbase\ } \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{eurosym} & \cmd{\euro} & \euro\\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{babel} & \cmd{\flq} and \cmd{\frq} & \showbaseline{\flq\ \frq} \\
% & \cmd{\flqq} and \cmd{\frqq} & \showbaseline{\flqq\ \frqq} \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{babel}, opt. \optn{french} & \cmd{\og} and \cmd{\fg}\tnote{3}
% & \showbaseline{\flqq\ \frqq} \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{babel}, opt. \optn{german} & \cmd{\glq} and \cmd{\grq}
% & \showbaseline{\glq\ \grq} \\
% & \cmd{\dq} & \showbaseline{\dq\ }\tnote{2} \\
% & \cmd{\glqq} and \cmd{\grqq} & \showbaseline{\glqq\ \grqq} \\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \begin{tablenotes}
% \item[1] When placed in math mode, the single straight quote (\texttt{'}) is
% passed as-is to the \XML, even when doubled (double prime symbol).
% \item[2] In roman type, \LuaLaTeX\ and \XeLaTeX\ typeset the double straight
% quote symbol (\texttt{"}) and the command \cmd{\dq} as a double right quote
% (\textquotedblright). Instead, \pkg{moodle} follows pdf\LaTeX: whatever
% the \TeX\ engine used, the double straight quote (\texttt{"}) is passed to the \XML.
% \item[3] The way \cmd{\og} and \cmd{\fg} are typeset in the \PDF\ depends on the
% current babel language. Regardless, \pkg{moodle} passes the symbols
% \texttt{\guillemotleft} and \texttt{\guillemotright} to the \XML.
% \end{tablenotes}
% \end{threeparttable}
% \end{table}
%
% \begin{table}[tbp]
% \centering
% \caption{\LaTeX\ commands and environments undergoing a tailored conversion
% to \HTML.}
% \label{tab:commands_and_environments}
% \begin{tabular}{lll}
% \toprule
% Package & Commands & Environments \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}
% \LaTeX\ base & |{}|& |$|$\cdots$|$| (inline math) \\
% & \cmd{\relax} & |\(|$\cdots$|\)| (inline math) \\
% & \cmd{\LaTeX} & |$$|$\cdots$|$$| (display math) \\
% & \cmd{\TeX} & \cmd{\[}$\cdots$\cmd{\]} (display math) \\
% & \cmd{\emph}\marg{\dots} & \env{center} \\
% & \cmd{\textbf}\marg{\dots} & \env{enumerate} \\
% & \cmd{\textit}\marg{\dots} & \env{itemize} \\
% & \cmd{\textsc}\marg{\dots} & \env{quote} \\
% & \cmd{\textsuperscript}\marg{\dots} & \env{quotation}\\
% & \cmd{\textsubscript}\marg{\dots} &\\
% & \cmd{\texttt}\marg{\dots} &\\
% & \cmd{\underline}\marg{\dots} &\\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{hyperref} & \cmd{\href}\marg{\dots}\marg{\dots} &\\
% \pkg{url} or \pkg{hyperref} & \cmd{\url}\marg{\dots} &\\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{babel}, opt. \optn{french} & \cmd{\fup}\marg{\dots} &\\
% & \cmd{\up}\marg{\dots} &\\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{graphics} or \pkg{graphicx} &
% \cmd{\includegraphics}\oarg{\dots}\marg{\dots} \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{tikz} & \cmd{\tikz}\oarg{\dots}\marg{\dots} & \env{tikzpicture}\oarg{\dots} \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{verbatim} & \cmd{\verbatiminput}\marg{\dots} &\\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{fancyverb} or
% \pkg{fvextra}& \cmd{\VerbatimInput}\oarg{\dots}\marg{\dots} &\\
% & \cmd{\LVerbatimInput}\oarg{\dots}\marg{\dots} &\\
% & \cmd{\BVerbatimInput}\oarg{\dots}\marg{\dots}& \\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}
% \pkg{minted} & \cmd{\inputminted}\oarg{\dots}\marg{\dots}\marg{\dots} &\\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \end{table}
%
% In addition, |<| and |>| will be converted to their HTML equivalents |<|
% and |>| in the \XML\ file. This prevents portions of the code to be
% interpreted by \Moodle\ as \HTML\ tags.
%
% A doubled dash will be converted to en-dash |–| \emph{outside math mode}.
% Empty groups |{}| will be passed to the XML only \emph{in math mode}.
%
% Be aware that, apart what is described previously, \pkg{moodle} \emph{does
% not know how to convert any other \TeX\ or \LaTeX\ commands to \HTML.}
% If other sequences are used, they may be passed verbatim to the \XML\ file
% or may cause unpredicted results.
%
% If you think of another \LaTeX\ command that should be changed to an HTML
% equivalent, please have a look at Section~\vref{sec:dev}.
%
% \DescribeMacro[question,answer,feedback]{\htmlonly}\oarg{Content for traditional output}
% \marg{HTML content} is a command to be used inside question environments (text,
% answers, or feedback). It lets you pass directly code to the \XML\ file while being
% ignored for the traditional output (\PDF). The \HTML\ content passed as an argument
% is subject to no particular processing and users should not expect to be able to
% pass dangerous characters like |\|, |%|, or |#|. An optional argument allows to
% pass contents to be processed for the traditional output. This argument is
% ignored for the \XML\ output.
% For instance, one can write code like this in a question environment
% \begin{quote}
% |\htmlonly[\fbox{PDF contents}]{|\\
% |
|\\
% \rule{10em}{0pt}|HTML contents
|\\
% |}|
% \end{quote}
%
% \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\htmlregister}\marg{command} is a command that lets you
% specify a macro that must be expanded in the \XML\ file. It works only when
% the macro is defined without optional argument.\watchout
%
% \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\moodleregisternewcommands}
% When the list of user-defined macros is long, it becomes cumbersome to
% record them individually for expansion. Calling \cmd{\moodleregisternewcommands}
% watches for subsequent calls to \cmd{\newcommand}, \cmd{\renewcommand},
% \cmd{\providecommand}, and their starred variants such that the corresponding
% commands are automatically expanded by \pkg{moodle}.
% Again, this works only if the macros are defined \emph{without} optional
% argument.\watchout
%
% \subsection{Graphics}
% The \pkg{moodle} package can handle two kinds of graphics seamlessly.
% External graphics files may be included with the \cmd{\includegraphics} command
% from the \pkg{graphicx} package, and graphics may be generated internally using \TikZ.
% In either case, the graphics will be embedded in base-64 encoding directly within
% the \Moodle\ \XML\ produced. This prevents the hassle of managing separate
% graphics files on the \Moodle\ server, as \Moodle\ will store the picture
% within the question in the question bank.
%
% \subsubsection{Default \texttt{includegraphics}}
%
% \DescribeMacro[graphics,graphicx]{\includegraphics}\oarg{options}\marg{file} can be used to
% include graphic files in both \PDF\ and the \XML\ outputs.
% The only options currently supported are \optn{height}\DescribeKey[includegraphics]{height}\
% and \optn{width}\DescribeKey[includegraphics]{width}. Attempts to use other
% \cmd{\includegraphics} options, such as \optn{scale} or \optn{angle}, will affect the \PDF\
% but not the \XML\ output.
% The dimensions set by \optn{height} and \optn{width} are \TeX\ dimensions such as
% \texttt{4\,in} or \texttt{2.3\,cm}.
% In order to prepare the image for web viewing, this package converts those
% dimensions to pixels using a default of
% 103 pixels per inch.\footnote{This
% number was selected because an image with
% || showed up as almost exactly 1 inch
% tall and 1 inch wide on several of this author's devices and browsers
% as of January 2016.}
% \DescribeKey[includegraphics]{ppi}
% That value may be changed by setting the \optn{ppi} key (e.g., \texttt{ppi=72});
% this is probably best done for the entire document with a \cmd{\moodleset} command,
% rather than image-by-image.
%
% \DescribeMacro[graphics,graphicx]{\graphicspath}|{{|\meta{path1}|},{|\meta{path2}|},...}| can be
% used to specify the locations of the pictures to be included.
%
% A special rule was added for the inclusion of \GIF\ pictures (\filenm{.gif} extension).
% These files are passed as-is to the \XML, preserving potential animations.
% However, as pdf\TeX\ engines do not support the \GIF\ format, the picture is
% passed to the \PDF\ output after a conversion to the \PNG\ format. When the \GIF\
% file is animated, only its first frame is passed to the \PDF.
%
%^^A \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\DeclareGraphicsAlien} Users may declare other graphic
%^^A formats with the command \cmd{\DeclareGraphicsAlien}\marg{alien extension}
%^^A \marg{native extension}\marg{command line for conversion}.
%
% \subsubsection{\TikZ\ Pictures}
% \TikZ\ is a user-friendly syntax layer for \acro{PGF}, the macro \LaTeX\ package for creating
% graphics. More information on \TikZ\ can be found at \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/pgf}.
%
% When \TikZ\ is loaded and used to define pictures, \pkg{moodle} invokes
% the \pkg{external} \TikZ\ library, so that each \env{tikzpicture} environment is compiled
% to a freestanding \PDF\ file.
%
% \subsubsection{Package Option \optn{tikz}}\label{subsec:tikz}
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{tikz}
% The \pkg{moodle} package admits a \optn{tikz} option which has the following effects:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item the package \pkg{tikz} is loaded.
% \item \DescribeMacro[tikz]{\includegraphics}\cmd{\includegraphics} embeds graphics in a \TikZ\ picture. Consequences are that
% \begin{itemize}
% \item the pictures encoded in the \XML\ file are resampled. This prevents encoding
% images at a higher resolution than rendered by \Moodle.
% \item the full set of \cmd{\includegraphics} options is accessible,
% e.g.~\optn{scale=.5}, \optn{angle=90}, or |width=.2\textwidth|.
% \end{itemize}
% \item \DescribeMacro[tikz]{\embedaspict} a macro \cmd{\embedaspict}\marg{\LaTeX\ contents}
% is provided for the conversion of inline \LaTeX\ material as images. This can serve
% as a workaround to overcome limitations of this package---like the conversion of
% \emph{tabular}s to HTML--- or limitations of \Moodle\ itself.
% For the definition of this macro, the package \pkg{varwidth} is loaded.
% \item optimizations of the \TikZ-external library are disabled: compilation might get
% sensibly slower.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsubsection{External Tools}
% The mechanisms used for handling graphics are somewhat fragile and rely upon
% three free external programs.
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item \prog{GhostScript} (\url{www.ghostscript.com}) is used to convert the \PDF\ output
% from \TikZ\ into a \PNG\ raster graphics file.
% The default command line is presumed to be \prog{gswin64c.exe}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% (if |\ifwindows| from the \pkg{ifplatform} package returns true)
% or \prog{gs} (if |\ifwindows| returns false).
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% If your system requires a different command line to invoke \prog{Ghostscript},
% \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\ghostscriptcommand}
% you may change it by invoking:
% \begin{quote}
% |\ghostscriptcommand|\marg{executable filename}
% \end{quote}
% \item When external graphics files such as \PDF\ are included,
% the \prog{ImageMagick} software (\url{www.imagemagick.org})
% converts each file to \PNG\ format.
% The command line for \prog{ImageMagick} is the nondescript word \progcode{convert},
% \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\imagemagickcommand}
% but may be changed by invoking \cmd{\imagemagickcommand}\marg{executable filename}.
% \item \prog{OptiPNG} (\url{http://optipng.sourceforge.net/}) is used to optimize the \PNG\ images.
% The command line is presumed to be \prog{optipng}, but can be changed with
% \DescribeMacro[moodle]{\optipngcommand}\cmd{\optipngcommand}\marg{executable filename}.
% \end{enumerate}
%
% Please note the following vital points to make the graphics handling work:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item As of now, graphics are only supported when compiling directly to a \PDF\
% with (\prog{pdf}$\mid$\prog{xe}$\mid$\prog{lua})\prog{latex}. Including \acro{PS} graphics or using \TikZ\ with the \DVI$\to$\acro{PS} workflow is not
% yet supported.
%^^A \item Filenames should not contains spaces or, under windows, special characters like |_| or |\|.
% \item You must have \prog{Ghostscript} and \prog{ImageMagick} installed on your system
% to fully use the graphics-handling capabilities of \pkg{moodle}.
% \item If \prog{OptiPNG} is not installed, the corresponding system calls will fail with otherwise no
% impact on the compilation process: \PNG\ files are passed unoptimized to the \XML\ output.
% \item \LaTeX\ must be able to call system commands; that is, \cmd{\write18} must be enabled.
% For Mik\TeX, this means adding \progcode{--enable-write18} to the command line of
% (\prog{pdf}$\mid$\prog{xe}$\mid$\prog{lua})\prog{latex}; for \TeX\ Live, this means adding \progcode{--shell-escape=true}.
% \item Due to security issues with old versions of \prog{Ghostcript}, some systems default to a
% policy that prevents the conversion of \PDF\ and \acro{PS} to \PNG. Assuming that, as a user of
% \pkg{moodle} which requires shell escape capabilities, you either use a sandboxed
% environment or trust the files handled at the system-level, you may want to disable this
% over-zealous security policy. For example,
% \href{https://stackoverflow.com/a/52661288/14608059}{see this}.
% \item Users of the \pkg{circuitikz} package (\url{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/circuitikz}) must
% enclose their circuits' \TikZ\ code in the |tikzpicture| environment instead of
% the historical \env{circuitikz} environment. That is required, as of \TikZ\ 2.1,
% by the \pkg{external} library.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsubsection{Package Option \optn{svg}}\label{subsec:svg}
%
% \paragraph{Important Notice}\watchout[experimental] \emph{The \optn{svg} option is
% an experimental feature introduced in \pkg{moodle} v0.8. It has been tested only
% under Linux and Windows, with TeX Live 2020, Inkscape v1.0.1 and Scour 0.38.2.}
%
% \DescribeOption[moodle]{svg} The \pkg{moodle} package admits an experimental
% \optn{svg} option which has the following effects:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \DescribeMacro[svg]{\includegraphics}\cmd{\includegraphics} can be used to import
% \SVG\ graphic files directly (extension \filenm{.svg} or \filenm{.SVG}). In this case, the \SVG\ file
% is passed as-is to the \XML\ output and is converted using \href{https://inkscape.org/}
% {\prog{Inkscape}} (must be installed) for inclusion in the \PDF\ output.
% \item the graphic files in \PDF\ format are converted to the \SVG\ format using
% \href{https://inkscape.org/}{Inkscape} (must be installed), rather than being
% rasterized. Before inclusion to the \XML\ output, the \SVG\ file is optimized using
% the \href{https://github.com/scour-project/scour}{Scour} utility. This
% optimization step is optional in the sense that, if the Scour call fails,
% the un-optimized \SVG\ file will be passed to the \XML\ output.
% Two processes benefit from this \PDF$\to$\SVG\ conversion:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item inclusion of \PDF\ graphics with \cmd{\includegraphics}, and
% \item \TikZ\ pictures that are externalized.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
%
%
% The call of external \SVG\ manipulation utilities can be modified using the macros:
% \begin{description}
% \item \ItemDescribeMacro[svg]{\PDFtoSVGcommand}\ for conversion
% from \PDF\ to \SVG,
% \item \ItemDescribeMacro[svg]{\SVGtoPDFcommand}\ for conversion
% from \SVG\ to \PDF, and
% \item \ItemDescribeMacro[svg]{\optiSVGcommand}\ for the
% optimization of \SVG\ files.
% \end{description}
%
% \subsection{Verbatim Code}
%
% Because, for \HTML\ translation, \pkg{moodle} parses the body of questions, the use of
% verbatim code results in compilation errors. This is why the use of |\verb|,
% \env{verbatim} and other standard utilities is not supported.
%
% However, using the following three utilities, verbatim code can be imported from an external file:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item \cmd{\verbatiminput}\marg{filename}\DescribeMacro[verbatim]{\verbatiminput}\
% from the \pkg{verbatim} package inserts verbatim code in both the \PDF\ and the
% \acro{XML} for \Moodle, without fancy additions.
% \item The macro \cmd{\VerbatimInput}\marg{options}\marg{filename}
% \DescribeMacro[fancyvrb,fvextra]{\VerbatimInput}\ from
% \pkg{fancyvrb} or \pkg{fvextra} does more, with several options and settings
% offered (see below).
% The variants \DescribeMacro[fancyvrb,fvextra]{\BVerbatimInput}\cmd{\VBerbatimInput} and
% \DescribeMacro[fancyvrb,fvextra]{\LVerbatimInput}\cmd{\LVerbatimInput} are also supported,
% with no difference on the \XML\ output.
% The variants with a star are unsupported and result in errors when used.
% \item On top of that \cmd{\inputminted}\oarg{options}\marg{lang}\marg{filename}\
% \DescribeMacro[minted]{\inputminted} from the \pkg{minted} package offers syntax
% highlighting tailored to the specified language.
% \end{enumerate}
% The \pkg{moodle} package handles these three commands to pass the code in the output \XML.
% With \cmd{\inputminted}, an external Python tool, \prog{pygmentize}, performs syntax analysis and
% its \HTML\ formatter is used to populate the \XML. With the other commands, the contents of the
% file is passed almost as-is to the XML: in order to survive \Moodle\ import and \HTML\ rendering,
% characters |<|, |>|, |&|, |'|, and |"| are converted to \HTML\ equivalents.
%
% With \cmd{\VerbatimInput} and \cmd{\inputminted}, the options that are taken care of for XML
% generation are listed in Table~\vref{tab:verbatim-options}.
% Using \cmd{\fvset}\marg{key=value,\dots}, options can be set globally. Equivalently, with \pkg{minted},
% \cmd{\setminted}\oarg{lang}\marg{key=value,\dots} is available.
%
% \begin{table}[tbp]
% \centering
% \begin{threeparttable}[b]
% \caption{Options and corresponding values considered for \XML\ generation of verbatim material
% with \cmd{\VerbatimInput} and \cmd{\inputminted}.}
% \label{tab:verbatim-options}
% \begin{tabular}{ll}
% \toprule
% Option keys & Possible values\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}
% ^^A\optn{commentchar} & \meta{character}\\
% \optn{gobble} & \meta{integer}\\
% \optn{autogobble}\tnote{1} & \texttt{true} or \texttt{false}\\
% \optn{tabsize} & \meta{integer}\\
% \optn{numbers} & \texttt{none}, \texttt{left}, \texttt{right}, or \texttt{both}\tnote{2}\\
% \optn{firstnumber} & \texttt{auto}, \texttt{last}, or \meta{integer}\\
% \optn{firstline} & \meta{integer}\\
% \optn{lastline} & \meta{integer}\\
% \optn{numberblanklines} & \texttt{true} or \texttt{false}\\
% \optn{highlightlines}\tnote{2} & \marg{coma-separated list of integers or ranges}\\
% \optn{style}\tnote{1} & \meta{string}\\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
%\begin{tablenotes}
%\item[1] \optn{autogobble}, \optn{numbers=both}, and \optn{style} are from \pkg{minted}.
%\item[2] line highlighting is offered only with \pkg{fvextra} or \pkg{minted} loaded.
%\end{tablenotes}
%\end{threeparttable}
%\end{table}
%
% In order to define the verbatim code from the \LaTeX\ document itself, it is still possible
% to use, outside the scope of the \pkg{moodle} questions, the environments \env{filecontents*}
% (from the \pkg{filecontents} package or \LaTeX\ kernel itself since 2019) or \env{VerbatimOut}
% (from the \pkg{fancyvrb} and \pkg{fvextra} packages).
%
% Here is an example:
% \begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=2]{minted.doc.out}
% \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}
% \usepackage[section]{moodle}
% \usepackage{minted}
% \begin{document}
% \begin{quiz}[tags={minted}]{LaTeX Quiz}
% \begin{filecontents*}{excerpt.tex}
% % !TeX encoding = UTF-8
% % !TeX spellcheck = en_US
% % !TEX TS-program = lualatex
% \documentclass{article}
% \usepackage[nostamp]{moodle}
% \ifPDFTeX % FOR LATEX and PDFLATEX
% \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % necessary
% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % necessary
% \else % assuming XELATEX or LUALATEX
% \usepackage{fontspec}
% \fi
% \end{filecontents*}
% \begin{numerical}[tolerance=0]{Loading a Class}
% Consider the following \LaTeX\ code excerpt.\\
% \inputminted[numbers=left]{latex}{excerpt.tex}
% On which line is the class loaded?
% \item[feedback={
% yes! \inputminted[highlightlines={4}]{latex}{excerpt.tex} }] 4
% \item[feedback={Line 3 is just a comment.},fraction=0] 3
% \item[feedback={Line 5 loads the package \texttt{moodle}},fraction=0] 5
% \end{numerical}
% \begin{multi}[single]{IDE}
% Consider the following \LaTeX\ code excerpt.\\
% \inputminted[numbers=left]{latex}{excerpt.tex}
% Which \TeX\ engine will be used by the IDE for compilation.
% \item[feedback={Have a closer look at line 3}] \texttt{tex}
% \item[feedback={Have a closer look at line 3}] \texttt{latex}
% \item[feedback={Have a closer look at line 3}] \texttt{pdflatex}
% \item[feedback={Have a closer look at line 3}] \texttt{xelatex}
% \item* \texttt{lualatex}
% \end{multi}
% \end{quiz}
% \end{document}
% \end{VerbatimOut}
% \inputminted[gobble=2,frame=lines]{latex}{minted.doc.out}
%
% When code decorated with left-side line numbers is placed in question items, the output \PDF\ could
% show a collision between numbers of the item and the first line. To avoid this, \cmd{\LVerbatimInput} or
% \cmd{\BVerbatimInput} can be used. Instead, when \pkg{minted} is used, the ``left-right'' mode can be
% enforced with the \LaTeX\ command:
% \begin{quote}
% |\RecustomVerbatimEnvironment{Verbatim}{LVerbatim}{}|
% \end{quote}
%
% When using utilities from \pkg{fancyvrb}, \pkg{fvextra}, or \pkg{minted}, \pkg{moodle}
% sets framing options for the display of code in the output \PDF:
% \begin{quote}
% |\fvset{frame=lines,label={[Beginning of code]End of code},|\\
% | framesep=3mm,numbersep=9pt}|
% \end{quote}
% These settings can be overridden using \cmd{\fvset} after the preamble.
%
% \section{Internationalization}
%
% This section is intended for authors of \Moodle\ quizzes writing in one or several
% languages other than English. It seems reasonable to assume that those users have heard
% of the packages \pkg{babel} or \pkg{polyglossia} (\XeTeX\ or \LuaTeX\ only), that
% both aim at enforcing language-related rules to \LaTeX\ documents.
%
% The contents of the \XML\ file that is generated by \pkg{moodle} depends entirely
% on the user input and \Moodle's \XML\ syntax: there is little room for \pkg{moodle} to
% internationalize something here. Instead, the focus of this section is the \PDF\
% typesetting that is determined by \pkg{moodle}, where some internalization
% efforts can be of help.
%
% Both \pkg{babel} and \pkg{polyglossia} provide ways of specifiying a language for
% the document or a part of it. If one of these packages is loaded in the preamble,
% \pkg{moodle} will automatically load the package \pkg{translator} and rely on it
% to provide translations of its keys (see Table~\vref{tab:language_keys}) in
% different languages, with some knowledge on aliases. The package
% \pkg{translations} does a very similar job and can be loaded in the preamble
% to serve, if desired, as a replacement for \pkg{translator}.
%
% Currently, full-support is provided for English, French, German, Italian, and
% Spanish. Very limited support is provided for Catalan, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
% Estonian, Finnish, Hungarian, Icelandic, Lithuanian, Norsk, Polish, Portuguese,
% Romanian, Swedish, and Turkish.
%
% Users may define their own translations in the preamble. For instance
% \begin{quote}
% |\AfterEndPreamble{|\\
% | \DeclareTranslation|\marg{babel language name}|{True}{Foo}%|\\
% | \DeclareTranslation|\marg{babel language name}|{False}{Bar}%|\\
% |}|
% \end{quote}
% Note that, when the package \pkg{translations} is loaded,
% \cmd{\AfterEndPreamble} must not be used.
%
% Contributions to improve or broaden the linguistic support are very welcome.
%
% \begin{center}
% \begin{longtable}{ l p{.55\textwidth} }
% \caption{\pkg{moodle}'s language keys for internationalization of the \PDF\ typesetting.}
% \label{tab:language_keys}\\
% \toprule
% Key & Context\\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}
% \endfirsthead
% \multicolumn{2}{c}%
% {\tablename\ \thetable\ -- \textit{Continued from previous page}} \\
% \hline
% Key & Context\\
% \cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}
% \endhead
% \hline\multicolumn{2}{r}{\textit{Continued on next page}} \\
% \endfoot
% \bottomrule
% \endlastfoot
% \optn{True} & indicates option ``True'' in a True/False question.\\
% \optn{False} & indicates option ``False'' in a True/False question.\\
% \optn{cloze} & tag indicating a ``cloze'' question.\\
% \optn{description} & tag indicating a ``description'' question.\\
% \optn{essay} & tag indicating an ``essay'' question.\\
% \optn{matching} & tag indicating a ``matching'' question.\\
% \optn{multi} & tag indicating a ``multichoice'' question.\\
% \optn{numerical} & tag indicating a ``numerical'' question.\\
% \optn{shortanswer} & tag indicating a ``shortanswer'' question.\\
% \optn{truefalse} & tag indicating a ``true/false'' question.\\
% \optn{Shuffle} & tag indicating that options offered will be shuffled in a
% ``multichoice'' or ``matching'' question.\\
% \optn{Single} & tag indicating that only one option can be selected in a
% ``multichoice'' question.\\
% \optn{Multiple} & tag indicating that several options can be selected in a
% ``multichoice'' question.\\
% \optn{marked out of} & tag indicating the weight of the question (maximum
% number of points), followed by a number.\\
% \optn{penalty} & tag indicating the penalty factor applied for each wrong
% attempt in adaptive mode.\\
% \optn{tags} & indicates the beginning of a tag list characterizing the
% question.\\
% \optn{All-or-nothing} & tag indicating that all correct options must be
% selected to get credited a good answer.\\
% \optn{Case-Sensitive} & tag indicating that the case of characters matters
% for a ``Shortanswer'' question.\\
% \optn{Case-Insensitive} & tag indicating that the case of characters
% does not matter for a ``Shortanswer'' question.\\
% \optn{Drag and drop} & tag indicating that a ``matching'' question relies
% on the Drag-and-drop plugin.\\
% \optn{Information for graders} & indicates the beginning of a paragraph
% where instructions for the graders of an ``essay'' question are given.\\
% \optn{Response template} & indicates the beginning of a paragraph where
% the answer template of an ``essay'' question is represented.\\
% \optn{editor} & tag indicating that, for answering an essay question, an
% editor with \HTML\ support will be proposed.\\
% \optn{editorfilepicker} & tag indicating that, for answering an essay question,
% an editor with \HTML\ support and a file picker will be proposed.\\
% \optn{plain} & tag indicating that, for answering an essay question, an
% editor with no markup support will be proposed.\\
% \optn{monospaced} & tag indicating that, for answering an essay question,
% an editor with fixed-width font and no markup support will be proposed.\\
% \optn{noinline} & tag indicating that, for answering an essay question, a file
% picker will be proposed.\\
% \optn{Total of marks} & at the end of the quiz, indicates the sum of the
% weights of all questions, followed by a colon and a number. \\
% \end{longtable}
% \end{center}
%
% \section{Package Development}\label{sec:dev}
%
% \subsection{Feature Requests, Bug Reports, and Contributions}
%
% This package is developed as a collaborative project, currently hosted
% on the Gitlab server instance \url{https://framagit.org/mattgk/moodle}.
% The project's activity can be monitored there: reported issues, last
% modifications, \dots
%
% Contributions, either bug reports or fixes, are welcome. Users willing to
% help can either sign-in with an existing \brand{GitHub}, \brand{Gitlab.com}, or
% \brand{Bitbucket} account or register a new account.
%
% Of course, getting in touch with the package maintainer by
% \href{mailto:guerquin-kernATcrans.org}{email} works as well.
%
% The authors have used this package together with a limited number of colleagues
% for a few semesters of teaching. If other users adopt this package, we fully expect them
% to find bugs.
%
% When experiencing a problem and before reporting it, please check whether
% or not something similar has already been filed as an issue
% \href{https://framagit.org/mattgk/moodle/-/issues?scope=all&state=all}{here}.
% If the problem appears to be new, please report it by following these steps:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Prepare a \emph{minimal} working example, i.e. a \filenm{.tex} file shrunk down
% to the strict minimum (loaded packages, code, \dots) while still showing the
% faulty behavior upon compilation.
% \item Gather and send the \filenm{*.tex}, \filenm{*.log} and \filenm{*-moodle.xml} files together
% with an explanation about
% \begin{itemize}
% \item your local working environment (\TeX\ engine and distribution, platform,
% external tools used, \dots),
% \item the version of the \Moodle\ instance you are using
% (for instance see the file |https://|\meta{server-domain}|/lib/upgrade.txt| )
% \item the faulty behavior, and
% \item what you expected instead.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{enumerate}
%
% \subsection{Known Limitations}
%
% When using with pdf\TeX\ for compilation, \pkg{moodle} supports
% question contents with \acro{ASCII} characters only. The use of
% non-\acro{ASCII} characters may work in some cases but will most
% probably yield compilation errors or undesired \XML\ contents.
%
% Instead, \pkg{moodle} will work flawlessly when \XeTeX\ and
% \LuaTeX\ are used to compile \UTF-8 encoded documents.
%
% Table~\vref{tab:support-limitations} lists
% some features supported, limitations, and bugs.
%\begin{table}[tbp]
%\centering
%\begin{threeparttable}[b]
%\caption{Content enrichment (pictures, equations) support after \XML\ import in \Moodle\ v3.5.7,
% depending on the question type.}
%\label{tab:support-limitations}
%\begin{tabular}{lccc}
% \toprule
% & \multicolumn{3}{l}{XML rendering in\dots}\\\cmidrule(lr){2-4}
%Question type & Question & Answer & Feedback\\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}
%\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Multiple_Choice_question_type}{Multichoice}
%& yes & yes & yes \\
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Numerical_question_type}{Numerical}
%& yes & no\tnote{1} & yes \\
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Short-Answer_question_type}{Short Answer}
% & yes & no\tnote{1} & yes \\
% Matching (\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Matching_question_type}{std})
%& yes & no\tnote{2} & no\tnote{3} \\
% Matching (\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Drag_and_drop_matching_question_type}{dd})
% & yes & yes\tnote{4} & no\tnote{3} \\
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Essay_question_type}{Essay}
%& yes & yes\tnote{5,6} & yes\tnote{5} \\
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/True/False_question_type}{True/False}
%& yes & no & yes \\
% \href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Description_question_type}{Description}
%& yes & $\varnothing$ & yes \\
%\href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/Embedded_Answers_(Cloze)_question_type}{Cloze} &
%yes & $\varnothing$& $\varnothing$ \\\cmidrule(lr){1-1}
%\hspace{1em}Numerical & yes & no\tnote{1} & yes \\
%\hspace{1em}Short Answer & yes & no\tnote{1} & yes\tnote{7} \\
%\hspace{1em}Multi (inline) & yes & no\tnote{2} & yes\tnote{7} \\
%\hspace{1em}Multi (horizontal) & yes & yes & yes \\
%\hspace{1em}Multi (vertical) & yes & yes & yes \\\bottomrule
%\end{tabular}
%\begin{tablenotes}
%\item[1] \Moodle\ prompts the student for an answer and then compares it to the
%solutions provided. This is text-only.
%\item[2] \Moodle\ uses a dropdown list to let one choose among the possible
%answers. This forbids either picture inclusion and \LaTeX\ rendering.
%\item[3] Not supported by \Moodle\ (in this context, answer-specific feedback
%represents lots of possible combinations).
%\item[4] The drag-and-drop-matching plugin seems broken before version 1.6
%20190409. \Moodle's \XML\ import fails with a \texttt{dmlwriteexception} when
%the field content exceeds few hundreds characters. This prevents the inclusion
%of most base64 images and maybe some complicated equations.
%\item[5] For this question type and in the context of \XML\ generation, the
%Answer column represents the ``template" while the Feedback column represents
%the ``notes for the grader". Obviously, the grading process is not automatic
%and there is no answer-specific feedback.
%\item[6] Picture and \LaTeX\ rendering could be done, but only after
%submission and only if the keyval ``response format" is set to ``html".
%\item[7] \Moodle\ only reveals the feedback when hovering the checkmark or X
%mark with the mouse.
%\end{tablenotes}
%\end{threeparttable}
%\end{table}
%
% Some features of \Moodle\ quizzes have not yet been implemented in \pkg{moodle}.
% Here is a non-exhaustive list.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \Moodle's feature of designating feedback for correct,
% partially correct, and incorrect answers.
%^^A \item Calculated questions; that is, automatically generated \env{numerical} questions
%^^A using randomly chosen numbers.
% \item Hints
% \item Units handling in \env{numerical} questions
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsection{Compatibility}
% This package has been originally written for and tested with the implementation of
% \Moodle\ 2.9 run by Moodlerooms for St.~Norbert College in January 2016.
% Since then, it has been successfully combined with \Moodle\ 3.5.
%
% The package option \optn{LMS} lets you specify the targeted \Moodle\ version
% and helps ensuring compatibility.
%
% As the ultimate purpose of this package is the generation of \XML\ files,
% future versions of \pkg{moodle} will attempt to maintain backwards
% compatibility with earlier versions regarding the \XML\ output, apart from
% bug fixes.
% Backwards compatibility of the \PDF\ output is not yet guaranteed, however,
% in case the author or users discover better ways for the \PDF\ to display
% the underlying \XML\ data to be proofread.
%
% In other words, compiling your current \filenm{.tex} file with a future version
% of \pkg{moodle} should produce the same \XML\ file it does now
% (apart from bug fixes),
% but it might produce a more informative, and hence different,
% \PDF\ output.
%
% \subsection{Unrelated Tip: Quality of \Moodle\ \TeX\ Images}
% This has nothing to do with \pkg{moodle}, but is a Frequently Asked Question
% in is own right.
% On some servers, at least, \Moodle's default ``\TeX\ Filter'' for
% displaying mathematical notation is of abysmally poor quality, rending mathematics
% as low-resolution \PNG's. One solution that has worked for me is to go
% to ``Course Administration $\to$ Filters,'' turn ``\TeX\ Notation'' \emph{off},
% but turn ``MathJax'' \emph{on}. This forces \TeX\ code to be rendered by MathJax
% instead of \Moodle, producing much higher-quality results.
%
% ^^A\clearpage
% \changes{v0.5}{2016/01/05}{Initial version}
% \changes{v0.6}{2019/02/18}{Bug-fixing release}
% \changes{v0.7}{2020/07/09}{Feature extensions}
% \changes{v0.8}{2021/01/04}{Bug fixes and feature extensions}
% \changes{v0.9}{2021/02/07}{Bug fixes and feature extensions}
% \changes{v1.0}{2023/01/28}{Bug fixes and feature extensions}
% \begin{changelog}[title={Version History},sectioncmd=\section*,author={Matthieu Guerquin-Kern}]
% ^^A \begin{version}[version=\fileversion,]^^Adate=]
% ^^A \end{version}
% \begin{version}[version=1.0,date=2023-01-28]
% \added
% ^^A \item A section describing the use of templates for generating large number
% ^^A of quizzes has been added (courtesy of Colin Caprani).
% \item For templating purposes, in \optn{draft} mode, general TeX code can
% now be used in items and |tolerance| key of numerical questions
% (courtesy of Colin Caprani).
% \item Support for the \env{quote} and \env{quotation} environments in the HTML
% conversion process (courtesy of Gerald Teschl).
% \item Experimental package option \optn{pluginfile} mimics the way
% \Moodle\ embeds pictures in the \XML.
% \item Answer box for Essay questions with \optn{handout}.
% \item Key-value package option \optn{LMS} to target a specific version
% of \Moodle.
% \item Support for more text mode diacritic and horizontal spacing
% commands.
% \item Macros \cmd{\moodleversion} and \cmd{\moodledate} are defined.
% \item Experimental package option \optn{samepage} to avoid splitting
% questions across multiple pages.
% \item \optn{sanction} key to set default mark for incorrect answers.
% \item Started the internationalization of the package based on
% \pkg{translator} (optionally \pkg{translations}). English,
% French, German, Italian, and Spanish
% are fully supported (with help from J\"urgen Vollmer for German
% and Romano Giannetti for Italian and Spanish). Contributions are welcome.
% \item Warn user of the \pkg{babel} package set for Turkish
% that using the shorthands will not play well with \pkg{moodle}.
% \item Support for \cmd{\i} in conversion to \HTML.
% \item \SVG\ option support for Windows (courtesy of Wolf M\"uller).
% \changed
% \item In Cloze \env{multi} subquestions, the default mode is
% \optn{inline} when only one answer is to be selected and
% \optn{vertical} when several answers can be selected.
% \item Single straight quotes (apostrophe) in math mode are passed as-is
% to the \XML\ (with help from Keno Wehr).
% \item Empty groups |{}| in math-mode are passed as-is to the \XML\
% (with help from Keno Wehr).
% \item Inside \env{cloze} subquestions, \optn{points} are forced to the
% nearest positive integer. ^^AA warning is issued when the user setting
% ^^Ais modified.
% \item \XML\ stamp exposes compilation time.
% \item Labels of proposed answers now following \Moodle's convention
% (\emph{1., 2., \dots}) in the \PDF\ typesetting of \env{multi} questions.
% \item Automatic sanction mechanism for incorrect choices in \env{multi}
% questions with multiple answers allowed. Now applies also inside
% \env{cloze} questions.
% \item In \env{cloze} subquestions, non-integer fractions are rounded.
% \item Rewording of some indications in the \PDF, related to internationalization.
% \item The answers of \env{matching} questions are now converted to \HTML\
% (accents and \cmd{\htmlonly} in mind).
% \removed
% \item Support for non-\acro{ASCII} characters abandoned when compiling
% with \prog{pdflatex}.
% \fixed
% \item In math-mode, \cmd{\underline} is no longer translated to \HTML.
% \item Preexisting pictures no longer get deleted when including graphics
% without specifying the extension (courtesy of Colin Caprani).
% \item In answers of \env{matching} questions, some \TeX\ macros will not
% break compilation. A problem with curly braces persists.
% \item The cloze subquestions now inherit \optn{points} set at
% the higher levels.
% \item Option \optn{single=false} now works in Cloze \env{multi} questions.
% \item Undesired trailing spaces are removed from offered answers in
% \env{matching} question.
% \item Compatibility with \pkg{siunitx} version 3.
% \item Compatibility with \pkg{minted} starting from 2021/12/24 v2.6.
% \item Different issues with graphics handling on Windows (\prog{magick},
% \prog{del}, \prog{move},\dots).
% \item Symbols |<| and |>| are translated to \HTML\ equivalents, also in
% text-mode.
% \item Warning german-writing and (Xe$\mid$Lua)\TeX\ users about troubles
% caused by text-mode umlauts.
% \item In \env{cloze} subquestions items and outside math environments,
% the equal symbol (|=|) no longer interferes with the Cloze syntax.
% \item A pagebreak occuring inside cloze shortanswers would reset page numbers.
% \item The redefinition of the \env{description} environment is limited to
% the scope of the \env{quiz}.
% \item PDF typesetting of matching answers (line breaks, repeated matches).
% \item Symbols \cmd{\%} found inside math mode are escaped for \HTML.
% \item The \optn{fraction} keys specified inside \env{cloze} questions are
% forced to integer values as required by \Moodle's \XML\ format.
% \item True/False no longer broken when \pkg{hyperref} is loaded.
% \item Tolerances in \env{numerical} answers now correctly displayed in \PDF.
% \item Warning for users running a too old version of \pkg{graphics}.
% \item In the code included with \pkg{verbatim}, \pkg{fancyvrb}, or
% \pkg{fvextra}, characters that matter for \HTML\ are escaped.
% \end{version}
% \begin{version}[version=0.9,date=2021-02-07]
% \added
% \item Support for \href{https://docs.moodle.org/en/All_or_nothing_multiple_choice_question_type}
% {all-or-nothing multiple choice} questions.
% \item Support for the ogonek diacritical mark via \cmd{\k}\marg{\dots}.
% \item Warn user of the \pkg{babel} package set for a German-related language
% that using the character |"| will not play well with \pkg{moodle}.
% \item Support for \pkg{babel} commands related to German quotes.
% \item Support for en-dash (--) outside of math mode.
% \item Support for \cmd{\%} in conversion to \HTML.
% \item Command |\htmlonly[]{}| to pass \HTML\ contents directly to the \XML\ file.
% \changed
% \item An error is issued when a graphics conversion step fails.
% \item Irrelevant points are no longer written at the \env{cloze} question level in \PDF\ and \XML.
% \item The total number of marks is shown in the \PDF\ at the end of each quiz.
% \item The \optn{tags} key can now be used to specify a comma-separated list of tags.
% \fixed
% \item Answer text of \env{shortanswer} questions is converted to \HTML.
% \item Paragraph breaks in \env{multi} and \env{essay} items no longer break compilation.
% \item Question text in Essays was not shown in \PDF\ file.
% \item Commands \cmd{\textsc}, \cmd{\underline}, \cmd{\url}, and \cmd{\href} yielded \HTML\ code with
% inadequate double quotation marks.
% \item Broken base64-encoding pipeline for images under Windows (thanks to Andreas Vohns).
% \item Repeated single right quotation marks no longer merged in math mode
% (thanks to Alberto Albano).
% \end{version}
% \begin{version}[version=0.8,date=2021-01-04]
% \added
% \item Support for inclusion of \GIF\ pictures.
% \item Added package option \optn{svg} to avoid the rasterization of vector graphics.
% \item New macro \cmd{\setsubcategory} to define subcategories, reflected in \PDF\ and \XML.
% \item Package option \optn{handout} for sharing \PDF\ with students.
% \item Extensions can be omitted when including pictures.
% \item Description question type.
% \item \LuaLaTeX\ is now supported (and recommended for \UTF-8 coded sources).
% \item Examples of ways to reproduce the behavior of calculated questions.
% \item Command to trigger the automatic recording of new commands.
% \item Mechanism to match \optn{fraction} key to values accepted by \Moodle.
% \item A \optn{fractiontol} key to control the tolerance in this mechanism.
% \item Support for inverted punctuation marks |¿| and |¡|.
% \item Support for \cmd{\_} and \cmd{\textbackslash}.
% \item Support for the wildcard character as an answer in \env{numerical} questions.
% \changed
% \item Template of Essay questions is now shown in \PDF.
% \item The macro \cmd{\setcategory} is reflected by a new section in \PDF.
% \item In \env{matching} questions, warnings are raised if the number of items is insufficient.
% \item Improved display of \env{matching} questions in \PDF.
% \item The package \pkg{iftex} is now required.
% \item An error is thrown when \optn{fraction} is set to an invalid value.
% \item In \env{numerical} questions, the tolerance can be set in exponent form.
% \item Nicer \PDF\ rendering of numbers in \env{numerical} questions if \pkg{siunitx} is loaded.
% \item Included \PNG\ and \acro{JPEG} files are now directly converted to base64.
% \fixed
% \item TeX's inline math (\texttt{$...$}) can now contain escaped dollar signs (\cmd{\$}).
% \item Closing braces escaped in \env{cloze} subquestions outside math environment.
% \item The scope of the \optn{tolerance} key is now respected.
% \end{version}
% \begin{version}[version=0.7,date=2020-09-06]
% \added
% \item Support for inclusion of verbatim code.
% \item Package option \optn{tikz}.
% \item Support for \cmd{\"Y} and \cmd{\"y}.
% \item New commands converted to \XML.
% \item Adding a stamp comment in \XML, package option offered to disable
% this behavior.
% \item Support for the \cmd{\tikz} command.
% \item A different directory can be specified for picture inclusion.
% \item Warn user of the \pkg{babel} package set for French that autospacing
% must be deactivated.
% \item Square bracket math delimiters are recognized and converted properly.
% \item Support of breve and caron diacritical marks.
% \changed
% \item In \env{multi} with multiple answers allowed, choosing all options no longer
% results in a good grade. An automatic penalty mechanism is introduced.
% Can be overridden by manually setting fractions.
% \removed
% \item Irrelevant \optn{penalty} tag in \env{cloze} subquestions.
% \fixed
% \item Non-integer fractions can now be specified in \env{cloze} subquestions.
% \item Significantly squeeze \PNG\ images size by skipping ancillary data.
% \item Enumerate or itemize environment can now be nested in question items.
% \item Several pictures can be included in a question without being mixed
% in the \XML\ file.
% \item Management and rendering of fraction in questions.
% \item Correctly handling a \LaTeX\ command starting the last item of a question.
% \item Closing braces escaped in \env{cloze} subquestions. This allows \LaTeX\
% equations or images to be included.
% \item Image inclusion with macOS.
% \end{version}
% \begin{version}[version=0.6b,date=2019-11-27]
% \added
% \item New package options to set section or subsection at the quiz level.
% \item True/False question type is now supported.
% \item \Moodle\ tags can now be specified for questions (and rendered in \PDF\
% as well).
% \item In \env{cloze} questions, the multiresponse subquestion type is
% now supported.
% \removed
% \item External dependency on \prog{OpenSSL}.
% \item Irrelevant tags were written in \XML\ for \env{matching} questions.
% \fixed
% \item \TikZ\ externalization now works when using \XeLaTeX.
% \item It is now possible to set points manually among several correct
% answers in multichoice questions.
% \item General feedback can now contain backslashes.
% \item Several quizzes can now be defined in a single source file, each
% specifying a category for \Moodle's question bank.
% \item Correct encoding information is now written in \XML\ depending on
% the \LaTeX\ compiler used.
% \end{version}
% \begin{version}[version=0.6a,date=2019-06-21]
% \added
% \item \XeLaTeX\ is now recommended when using \UTF-8 encoded sources (support
% of accents).
% \item Feedbacks are now displayed in the \PDF\ file produced.
% \item The \prog{OptiPNG} utility is used to reduce the size
% of images embedded in the \XML\ file.
% \item Question options and settings are now displayed in the \PDF\ file
% \item Supporting more \LaTeX\ macros for symbols and accents (mostly
% diacritical marks and ligatures).
% \item Introduce shuffle options in cloze-multi subquestions.
% \item Package option \optn{final}.
% \changed
% \item In draft mode, \TikZ\ externalization is no longer triggered.
% \fixed
% \item In the different question types, the feedback fields are now converted
% for \HTML\ allowing \LaTeX\ equations and images.
% \item Documentation improvements (limitations and previously undocumented
% features).
% \end{version}
% \shortversion{version=0.5,date=2016-01-05,simple,changes=Initial version,author={Anders O.F. Hendrickson}}
% \end{changelog}
% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Version History}%
% \PrintIndex
% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}%
% \StopEventually{%
%^^A \PrintChanges
% }
%
% \section{Implementation}
% \subsection{Packages, Options, and Utilities}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifmoodle@draftmode
\newif\ifmoodle@handout
\newif\ifmoodle@stampmode
\newif\ifmoodle@tikz
\newif\ifmoodle@tikzloaded
\newif\ifmoodle@svg
\newif\ifmoodle@section
\newif\ifmoodle@subsection
\newif\ifmoodle@numbered
\newif\ifmoodle@international
\newif\ifmoodle@feedbackLeft% contribution of Juergen Vollmer, 2021-03-05
\newif\ifmoodle@samepage% contribution of Romano Giannetti, 2021-03-07
\newif\ifmoodle@pluginfile%
%% Moodle version
\RequirePackage{xkeyval}%For key-handling
\newcount\moodle@LMSmajor% major version number of the LMS targeted
\newcount\moodle@LMSminor% minor version number of the LMS targeted
%%DECLARATION OF OPTIONS
\DeclareOptionX{draft}{\moodle@draftmodetrue}%
\DeclareOptionX{handout}{\moodle@handouttrue}%
\DeclareOptionX{final}{\moodle@draftmodefalse}%
\DeclareOptionX{nostamp}{\moodle@stampmodefalse}%
\DeclareOptionX{tikz}{\moodle@tikztrue}%
\DeclareOptionX{svg}{\moodle@svgtrue}%
\DeclareOptionX{section}{\moodle@sectiontrue\moodle@numberedtrue}%
\DeclareOptionX{section*}{\moodle@sectiontrue\moodle@numberedfalse}%
\DeclareOptionX{subsection}{\moodle@sectionfalse\moodle@numberedtrue}%
\DeclareOptionX{subsection*}{\moodle@sectionfalse\moodle@numberedfalse}%
\DeclareOptionX{feedbackleft}{\moodle@feedbackLefttrue}% contribution of Juergen Vollmer, 2021-03-05
\DeclareOptionX{feedbackright}{\moodle@feedbackLeftfalse}% default
\DeclareOptionX{samepage}{\moodle@samepagetrue}% contribution of Romano Giannetti, 2021-03-07
\DeclareOptionX{LMS}[0.0]{%
\filename@parse{#1}%
\moodle@LMSmajor=\filename@base
\moodle@LMSminor=\filename@ext
}%
\DeclareOptionX{pluginfile}{\moodle@pluginfiletrue}%
\moodle@draftmodefalse
\moodle@handoutfalse
\moodle@stampmodetrue
\moodle@tikzfalse
\moodle@tikzloadedfalse
\moodle@svgfalse
\moodle@subsectiontrue
\moodle@numberedfalse
\moodle@feedbackLeftfalse% contribution of Juergen Vollmer, 2021-03-05
\moodle@samepagefalse% contribution of Romano Giannetti, 2021-03-07
\moodle@pluginfilefalse
\ProcessOptionsX*% the star allows to inherit 'draft' and 'final' from the class
\ifmoodle@samepage
\def\moodle@begin@samepage{\minipage[t]{\linewidth}}
\def\moodle@end@samepage{\endminipage\vskip 0pt plus 50pt\relax}
\else
% defining to relax is safer versus adding spurious spaces
\def\moodle@begin@samepage{\relax}
\def\moodle@end@samepage{\relax}
\fi
\RequirePackage{environ} %To be able to take environment body as a macro argument
\RequirePackage{amssymb} %For \checkmark symbol
%\RequirePackage{trimspaces} %To remove extra spaces from strings (loaded by environ)
\@ifpackageloaded{iftex}{}{\RequirePackage{iftex}}
% iftex already required by recent versions of ifplatform. Needed to know:
% 1) whether we can convert output from PDF to \PNG\ (ifpdf),
% 2) when output pdf is latin1-encoded (ifpdf)
% 3) when output xml is utf8-encoded (if?tex)
\@ifundefined{ifeTeX}{% version of 'iftex' prior to November 2019.
\RequirePackage{etex}{}
}{
\ifeTeX\else
\RequirePackage{etex}{} % Recent (2015+) TeX engines should be e-TeX.
%This is needed for expansion control, detokenization, etc.
\fi
}
\RequirePackage{etoolbox}%List management
\RequirePackage{xpatch} %To patch commands easily in \HTML\ mode
\RequirePackage{array} %For formatting tables in the LaTeX mode of Clozes
\RequirePackage{ifplatform} % To choose Ghostscript commands
\@ifundefined{ifpdf}{\RequirePackage{ifpdf}}{}% old iftex would not define the conditional
\RequirePackage{shellesc} %Luatex-compatible way of getting system access
\RequirePackage{readprov} %To gather information on the package (version, date, ...)
\RequirePackage{fancybox} %For fancy LaTeX tags
\RequirePackage{getitems} %To gather the header and items
\ifmoodle@handout
\RequirePackage[seed=42]{randomlist} %To randomize answers in matching questions
\fi
\ifmoodle@svg
\RequirePackage{graphicx} %To include graphics
\fi
\GetFileInfo{moodle.sty}%
\edef\moodledate{\filedate}%
\edef\moodleversion{\fileversion}%
\let\xa=\expandafter
\def\@star{*}%
\def\@hundred{100}%
\def\@fifty{50}%
\def\@moodle@empty{}%
\def\@relax{\relax}%
\def\@moodle@par{\par}%
% Taken from https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/47576/combining-ifxetex-and-ifluatex-with-the-logical-or-operation
\@ifundefined{ifTUTeX}{
\newif\ifTUTeX % a new conditional starts as false
\ifnum 0\ifXeTeX 1\fi\ifLuaTeX 1\fi>0\relax
\TUTeXtrue
\fi
}{}%
\newif\ifpdfoutput % a new conditional starts as false
\ifnum 0\ifTUTeX 1\fi\ifPDFTeX\ifpdf 1\fi\fi>0\relax
\pdfoutputtrue
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% As the package involves a fair bit of file processing,
% we automate the naming of auxiliary files.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\jobnamewithsuffixtomacro#1#2{%
\filenamewithsuffixtomacro{#1}{\jobname}{#2}%
}
\def\@jn@quote{"}%
\def\filenamewithsuffixtomacro#1#2#3{%
% #1 = macro to create
% #2 = filename to add suffix to
% #3 = suffix to add
\edef\jn@suffix{#3}%
\def\jn@macro{#1}%
\xa\testforquote#2\@jn@rdelim
}
\def\testforquote#1#2\@jn@rdelim{%
\def\jn@test@i{#1}%
\ifx\jn@test@i\@jn@quote
% Involves quotes
\edef\jn@next{"\jn@stripquotes#1#2\jn@suffix"}%
\else
\edef\jn@next{#1#2\jn@suffix}%
\fi
\xa\xdef\jn@macro{\jn@next}%
}
\def\jn@stripquotes"#1"{#1}%
\jobnamewithsuffixtomacro{\outputfilename}{-moodle.xml}
% \end{macrocode}
% Next, we create macros to open and close the Moodle \XML\ file
% we will be writing.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newwrite\moodle@outfile
\def\openmoodleout{%
\immediate\openout\moodle@outfile=\outputfilename\relax
\ifPDFTeX % latin1-based engines (pdflatex or latex)
\writetomoodle{}%
\else
\ifTUTeX % UTF8-based engines (XeTeX or LuaTeX)
\writetomoodle{}%
\else % what shall we do?
\writetomoodle{}%
%\stop
\fi
\fi
\ifmoodle@stampmode
\def\moodle@stamp{This is a question bank made for Moodle }
\ifnum\the\moodle@LMSmajor\the\moodle@LMSminor=\z@\else
\g@addto@macro{\moodle@stamp}{\the\moodle@LMSmajor.\the\moodle@LMSminor.\space}
\fi
\writetomoodle{}%
\newcount\hour\hour=\time
\divide\hour by 60\relax
\newcount\minute\minute=\hour
\multiply\minute by -60\relax
\advance\minute by \time\relax
\def\moodle@stamp{It was generated on \the\year-\two@digits\month-\two@digits\day\space \the\hour:\the\minute}
\ifPDFTeX % pdflatex or latex
\ifpdf % pdflatex
\g@addto@macro{\moodle@stamp}{ by pdfLaTeX }%
\else % latex
\g@addto@macro{\moodle@stamp}{ by LaTeX }%
\fi
\else
\ifXeTeX % xetex
\g@addto@macro{\moodle@stamp}{ by XeLaTeX }%
\else
\ifLuaTeX % luatex
\g@addto@macro{\moodle@stamp}{ by LuaLaTeX }%
\else
\g@addto@macro{\moodle@stamp}{ a TeX engine }%
\fi
\fi
\fi
\writetomoodle{}%
\def\moodle@stamp{on \platformname}%
\g@addto@macro{\moodle@stamp}{ with the package moodle \moodleversion\space (\moodledate) }%
\writetomoodle{}%
\fi
\immediate\write\moodle@outfile{}%
\writetomoodle{}%
}%
\def\closemoodleout{%
\writetomoodle{ }%
\writetomoodle{}%
\immediate\closeout\moodle@outfile
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% To both make this \filenm{.sty} file and the \XML\ output more readable,
% we create a mechanism for writing to the output file with indents.
% The macro |\calculateindent|\marg{$n$} globally defines
% |\moodle@indent| to be a string of \meta{$n$} |\otherspace|'s.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\moodle@indentnum
\def\calculateindent#1{%
\bgroup
\moodle@indentnum=\number#1\relax
\gdef\moodle@indent{}%
\calculateindent@int
\egroup
}%
\def\calculateindent@int{%
\ifnum\moodle@indentnum>0\relax
\g@addto@macro{\moodle@indent}{\otherspace}%
\advance\moodle@indentnum by -1\relax
\expandafter
\calculateindent@int
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Now the command |\writetomoodle|\oarg{n}\marg{stuff} adds the line
% ``\meta{stuff}'' to the \XML\ file
% preceded by an indent of \meta{n} spaces.
% Note that this command |\edef|'s its second argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\writetomoodle[2][0]{%
\edef\test@ii{#2}%
\ifnum#1=0\relax
\immediate\write\moodle@outfile{\test@ii}%
\else
\calculateindent{#1}%
\immediate\write\moodle@outfile{\moodle@indent\trim@pre@space{\test@ii}}%
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% We now create the main |quiz| environment that will contain
% the questions we write. It outputs to \XML\ as a || tag.
% \begin{macrocode}
{\catcode`\$=12\catcode`\ =12% in this context we cannot indent with spaces...
\gdef\moodle@write@category@xml#1{%
\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
\writetomoodle{ }%
\writetomoodle{}%
\writetomoodle{ }%
\writetomoodle{ $course$/top/#1}%
\writetomoodle{ }%
\writetomoodle{}%
\writetomoodle{ }%
}{}%
}}%
\newcommand*\@enumeratename{enumerate}%
\newdimen\moodle@totalmarks
\gdef\moodle@currentcategory{}%
\newenvironment{quiz}[2][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\gdef\setcategory##1{%
% At first call (end of \begin{quiz}) enumerate is not started yet
\ifx\@currenvir\@enumeratename
% In case no question is defined between two calls of \setcategory
\def\@noitemerr{}%\@latex@warning{Empty question list}
\end{enumerate}%
\fi
\gdef\moodle@currentcategory{##1}%
\moodle@write@category@xml{##1}%
\ifmoodle@section
\ifmoodle@numbered
\section{##1}%
\else
\section*{##1}%
\fi
\else
\ifmoodle@numbered
\subsection{##1}%
\else
\subsection*{##1}%
\fi
\fi
\begin{enumerate}\renewcommand\labelenumi{(\theenumi)}%
}%
\gdef\setsubcategory##1{%
\def\@noitemerr{}%\@latex@warning{Empty question list}
\end{enumerate}%
\moodle@write@category@xml{\moodle@currentcategory/##1}%
\ifmoodle@section
\ifmoodle@numbered
\subsection{##1}%
\else
\subsection*{##1}%
\fi
\else
\ifmoodle@numbered
\subsubsection{##1}%
\else
\subsubsection*{##1}%
\fi
\fi
\begin{enumerate}\renewcommand\labelenumi{(\theenumi)}%
}%
\setcategory{#2}%
\moodle@totalmarks=0pt%
}{%
\end{enumerate}%
\emph{\GetTranslation{Total of marks}: \strip@pt\moodle@totalmarks}%
\let\setcategory\relax
\let\setsubcategory\relax
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% The next utility takes a single macro control sequence |#1|,
% and allows that macro's current value to persist
% after the next |\egroup|, |}|, or |\endgroup|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\passvalueaftergroup#1{%
\xa\xa\xa\gdef\xa\xa\csname moodle@remember@\string#1\endcsname\xa{\xa\def\xa#1\xa{#1}}%
\xa\aftergroup\csname moodle@remember@\string#1\endcsname
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Main Switch: to create \XML\ or not}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\@moodle@ifgeneratexml#1#2{%
% If we are generating \XML, do #1; otherwise do #2.
\tikzifexternalizing{%
% This run of LaTeX is currently ONLY generating a TikZ image
% to be saved in an external file. We do NOT want to waste time
% generating \XML, and moreover trying to do so would cause errors
% because of file dependencies.
#2%
}{%
\ifmoodle@draftmode
#2%
\else
#1%
\fi
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% Now the macros |openmoodleout| and |closemoodleout| are triggered at Begin and End Document, respectively
% \begin{macrocode}
\AfterEndPreamble{
\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
\openmoodleout%
}{}%
}
\AtEndDocument{
\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
\closemoodleout%
}{}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Key-Value Pairs for Quiz Questions}
%
% The various options are set using key-value syntax of |xkeyval|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\moodleset#1{\setkeys{moodle}{#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% We first define some macros that will help us write other macros.
% Calling |\generate@moodle@write@code|\marg{name}|<|\meta{HTML tag}|>|\marg{text to write}
% creates a macro |\moodle@write|\meta{name}, taking no parameters,
% which writes the code |<|\meta{HTML tag}|>...|\meta{HTML tag}|>|
% to the output \XML\ file.
%
% The ordinary version |\generate@moodle@write@code| passes its output text |#3|
% through the HTMLizer, producing \HTML\ code, while the starred variant
% |\generate@moodle@write@code*| passes |#3| verbatim as text.
%
% For example,
% |\generate@moodle@write@code{excuse}{\theexcuse}|
% would expand to
% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=4,frame=single]
% \gdef\moodle@writeexcuse{%
% \xa\def\xa\test@iii\xa{\theexcuse}%
% \ifx\test@iii\@moodle@empty
% \writetomoodle[2]{ }%
% \else
% \xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@htmltowrite\xa{\theexcuse}%
% \writetomoodle[2]{ }%
% \writetomoodle[4]{ \moodle@htmltowrite
]]>}%
% \writetomoodle[2]{ }%
% \fi
% }%
% \end{Verbatim}
% but
% |\generate@moodle@write@code*{excuse}{\theexcuse}|
% would expand only to
% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=4,frame=single]
% \gdef\moodle@writeexcuse{%
% \writetomoodle[2]{ \theexcuse}%
% }
% \end{Verbatim}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\generate@moodle@write@code{%
\@ifnextchar*\generate@moodle@write@data\generate@moodle@write@html
}%
\def\generate@moodle@write@html#1<#2>#3{%
% #1 = NAME for \moodle@writeNAME
% #2 = \HTML\ tag
% #3 = what, exactly, to write
\xa\gdef\csname moodle@write#1\endcsname{%
\xa\def\xa\test@iii\xa{#3}%
\ifx\test@iii\@moodle@empty
\writetomoodle[2]{ <#2 format="html">#2>}%
\else
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@htmltowrite\xa{#3}%
\writetomoodle[2]{ <#2 format="html">}%
\writetomoodle[4]{ \moodle@htmltowrite]]>}%
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\writetomoodle[0]{\htmlize@embeddedfiletags}%
\fi
\writetomoodle[2]{ #2>}%
\fi
}%
}%
\def\generate@moodle@write@html@noptag#1<#2>#3{%
% No
..
introduced
% #1 = NAME for \moodle@writeNAME
% #2 = \HTML\ tag
% #3 = what, exactly, to write
\xa\gdef\csname moodle@write#1\endcsname{%
\xa\def\xa\test@iii\xa{#3}%
\ifx\test@iii\@moodle@empty
\writetomoodle[2]{ <#2 format="html">#2>}%
\else
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@htmltowrite\xa{#3}%
\writetomoodle[2]{ <#2 format="html">}%
\writetomoodle[4]{ }%
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\writetomoodle[0]{\htmlize@embeddedfiletags}%
\fi
\writetomoodle[2]{ #2>}%
\fi
}%
}%
\def\generate@moodle@write@data*#1<#2>#3{%
% #1 = NAME for \moodle@writeNAME
% #2 = \HTML\ tag
% #3 = what, exactly, to write
\xa\gdef\csname moodle@write#1\endcsname{%
\writetomoodle[2]{ <#2>#3#2>}%
}%
}%
\def\moodle@writetags{%
\xa\xdef\xa\test@iii\xa{\moodle@tags}%
\ifx\test@iii\@moodle@empty\relax\else
\writetomoodle[2]{ }%
\renewcommand*{\do}[1]{%
\def\moodle@tagtext{##1}%
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@htmltowrite\xa{\moodle@tagtext}%
\writetomoodle[4]{ }%
}
\xa\docsvlist\xa{\moodle@tags}%
\writetomoodle[2]{ }%
\fi
}%
\newif\ifmoodle@firsttag
\moodle@firsttagtrue
\def\moodle@latex@writetags{%
\xa\xdef\xa\test@iii\xa{\moodle@tags}%
\ifx\test@iii\@moodle@empty\relax\else
\hfill \GetTranslation{tags}: %
\renewcommand*{\do}[1]{\ifmoodle@firsttag\moodle@firsttagfalse\else, \fi\texttt{##1}}%
\xa\docsvlist\xa{\test@iii}%
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{Keys for all question types}
% \begin{macrocode}
%% QUESTIONNAME
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@]{questionname}{}%
% \gdef\moodle@writequestionname{%
% \writetomoodle[2]{}%
% \writetomoodle[4]{ \moodle@questionname}%
% \writetomoodle[2]{}%
% }%
%\generate@moodle@write@code{questionname}{\moodle@questionname}%
\generate@moodle@write@html@noptag{questionname}{\moodle@questionname}%
%% QUESTIONTEXT
%I tried to use questiontext as a key, but it doesn't seem to work.
%The trouble is that xkeyval has trouble parsing a key with a \par token followed by a comma within brackets,
%like \setkeys{moodle}{questiontext={ABC\par [D,E]}}
%It's not worth trying to fix.
\long\def\questiontext#1{%
%\converttohtmlmacro\myoutput{#1}%
%\let\moodle@questiontext=\myoutput%
\def\moodle@questiontext{#1}%
}%
\generate@moodle@write@code{questiontext}{\moodle@questiontext}%{%
%% PENALTY FOR WRONG ATTEMPT
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@]{penalty}[0.10]{}%
\generate@moodle@write@code*{penalty}{\moodle@penalty}%
\moodleset{penalty=0.10}%
%% FEEDBACK
% Moodle allows for feedback tailored to each question,
% and feedback tailored to each right or wrong answer.
% We shall use the key 'feedback' to record both kinds of feedback,
% relying on TeX's grouping mechanism to keep them apart.
% When it comes time to write them to \XML,
% \moodle@writegeneralfeedback uses the \HTML\ tag
% whereas \moodle@writefeedback uses the tag .
% Note that the general feedback is NOT inherited by each answer!
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@]{feedback}[]{}%
\generate@moodle@write@code{generalfeedback}{\moodle@feedback}%
\generate@moodle@write@code{feedback}{\moodle@feedback}%
\moodleset{feedback={}}%
%% DEFAULT GRADE
%The next line creates \moodle@defaultgrade,
%which is how many points the quiz question is worth.
%Key calls like [default grade=7] set \moodle@defaultgrade.
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@]{default grade}[1.0]{}%
%Next, makes 'points' a synonym for 'default grade'
\define@key{moodle}{points}[1.0]{\xa\def\csname moodle@default grade\endcsname{#1}}%
\generate@moodle@write@code*{defaultgrade}{\csname moodle@default grade\endcsname}%
\moodleset{default grade=1.0} %This sets the default.
%% HIDDEN
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{hidden}[true]{}%
\generate@moodle@write@code*{hidden}{\ifmoodle@hidden 1\else 0\fi}%
\moodleset{hidden=false}%
\def\moodle@writecommondata{%
\moodle@writequestionname%
\moodle@writequestiontext%
\moodle@writedefaultgrade%
\moodle@writegeneralfeedback%
\moodle@writepenalty%
\moodle@writehidden%
}%
%% TAGS
%The next line creates \moodle@tags,
%which defines a "tag" (i.e., keyword) for the question.
%Key calls like [tags={random}] set \moodle@tags.
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@]{tags}[]{}%
\moodleset{tags={}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{Keys for all answers}
% \begin{macrocode}
%% FRACTION -- how much this answer is worth out of 100 percent
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@]{fraction}[100]{}%
%We do not create \moodle@writefraction, because the fraction occurs in
%the \XML\ within the answer tag, like .
\moodleset{fraction=100} %This sets the default.
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%% FRACTIONTOL -- the tolerance for fractions with respect to valid values
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@]{fractiontol}[0.1]{}%
\moodleset{fractiontol=0.1} %This sets the default.
% \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{Keys for multiple choice questions}
% \begin{macrocode}
%% SINGLE and MULTIPLE -- for multichoice, is there 1 right answer or more than 1?
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{single}[true]{}%
\generate@moodle@write@code*{single}{\ifmoodle@single true\else false\fi}%
\moodleset{single=true}%
%The key 'multiple' is an antonym to 'single'.
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{multiple}[true]{\ifmoodle@multiple\moodle@singlefalse\else\moodle@singletrue\fi}%
%% SHUFFLE ANSWERS
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{shuffle}[true]{}%
\generate@moodle@write@code*{shuffle}{\ifmoodle@shuffle 1\else 0\fi}%
\moodleset{shuffle=true}%
%% ALLORNOTHING -- for multichoice with multiple answers where all the points are given
% if and only if all the correct answers are selected.
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{allornothing}[true]{}%
\moodleset{allornothing=false}%
%% SANCTION -- how much shall incorrect choices by sanctioned in multichoice questions (single)
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@]{sanction}[]{}%
\moodleset{sanction=0} %This sets the default.
%% TODO: CORRECTFEEDBACK
%% TODO: PARTIALLYCORRECTFEEDBACK
%% TODO: INCORRECTFEEDBACK
%% TODO: NUMCORRECT key
%% NUMBERING -- for numbering of multichoice questions
\define@choicekey{moodle}{numbering}%
{alpha,alph,Alpha,Alph,arabic,roman,Roman,%
abc,ABCD,123,iii,IIII,none}[abc]{%
\def\moodle@numbering{#1}%
\def\test@@i{#1}%
\ifx\test@@i\@moodle@alpha
\def\moodle@numbering{abc}\fi
\ifx\test@@i\@moodle@alph
\def\moodle@numbering{abc}\fi
\ifx\test@@i\@moodle@Alpha
\def\moodle@numbering{ABCD}\fi
\ifx\test@@i\@moodle@Alph
\def\moodle@numbering{ABCD}\fi
\ifx\test@@i\@moodle@arabic
\def\moodle@numbering{123}\fi
\ifx\test@@i\@moodle@roman
\def\moodle@numbering{iii}\fi
\ifx\test@@i\@moodle@Roman
\def\moodle@numbering{IIII}\fi
}%
%'answer numbering' will be a synonym to 'numbering'
\define@key{moodle}{answer numbering}[abc]{\setkeys{moodle}{numbering={#1}}}%
\generate@moodle@write@code*{answernumbering}{\moodle@numbering}%
%N.B. if we did not set the default here, then \moodle@numbering would be undefined, causing problems.
\moodleset{answer numbering=abc}%
\def\@moodle@alpha{alpha}%
\def\@moodle@Alpha{Alpha}%
\def\@moodle@alph{alph}%
\def\@moodle@Alph{Alph}%
\def\@moodle@arabic{arabic}%
\def\@moodle@roman{roman}%
\def\@moodle@Roman{Roman}%
\def\@moodle@abc{abc}%
\def\@moodle@ABCD{ABCD}%
\def\@moodle@arabicnumbers{123}%
\def\@moodle@iii{iii}%
\def\@moodle@IIII{IIII}%
\def\@moodle@none{none}%
\def\moodle@obeynumberingstyle{%
\renewcommand\labelenumii{\theenumii.}% follow Moodle's labeling convention
\ifx\moodle@numbering\@moodle@abc
\renewcommand\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@numbering\@moodle@ABCD
\renewcommand\theenumii{\Alph{enumii}}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@numbering\@moodle@arabicnumbers
\renewcommand\theenumii{\arabic{enumii}}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@numbering\@moodle@iii
\renewcommand\theenumii{\roman{enumii}}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@numbering\@moodle@IIII
\renewcommand\theenumii{\Roman{enumii}}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@numbering\@moodle@none
\renewcommand\labelenumii{$\bullet$~}%
\fi
}
%TODO: * In the PDF, how should 'none' in a multi look different from
% short answer or numerical options?
% * Instead of \theenumi and \labelenumi,
% use \@enumdepth to automatically set the correct depth.
%% DISPLAY MODE -- affects Cloze multiple choice questions only.
% 0 = inline, 1 = vertical, 2 = horizontal
\def\moodle@multi@mode{\ifmoodle@single 0\else 1\fi}%
\define@key{moodle}{inline}[]{\def\moodle@multi@mode{0}}%
\define@key{moodle}{vertical}[]{\def\moodle@multi@mode{1}}%
\define@key{moodle}{horizontal}[]{\def\moodle@multi@mode{2}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{Keys for numerical questions}
% \begin{macrocode}
%% TOLERANCE
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@]{tolerance}[0]{}%
\moodleset{tolerance=0}%
%There is no \moodle@writetolerance, because in the \XML\ the
%tolerance is given within the answer tag,
%like .
% TODO: implement unit-handling for numerical questions!
% \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{Keys for short answer questions}
% \begin{macrocode}
%% CASE SENSITIVE
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{usecase}[true]{}%
\generate@moodle@write@code*{usecase}{\ifmoodle@usecase 1\else 0\fi}%
% We make 'case sensitive' a synonym for 'usecase'.
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{case sensitive}[true]{\ifcsname moodle@case sensitive\endcsname \moodle@usecasetrue\else\moodle@usecasefalse\fi}%
\moodleset{usecase=false}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{Keys for matching questions}
% \begin{macrocode}
%% DRAG-AND-DROP FORMAT
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{draganddrop}[true]{}%
% We make 'dd' and 'draganddrop' and 'drag and drop' synonyms for 'draganddrop'.
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{dd}[true]{\ifmoodle@dd\moodle@draganddroptrue\else\moodle@draganddropfalse\fi}%
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{drag and drop}[true]{\moodle@ddsynonym}%
\def\moodle@ddsynonym{%
\csname ifmoodle@drag and drop\endcsname
\moodle@draganddroptrue
\else
\moodle@draganddropfalse
\fi
}
\moodleset{draganddrop=false}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{Keys for essay questions}
% \begin{macrocode}
%% EDITOR
\def\@moodle@html{html}%
\def\@moodle@htmlfile{html+file}%
\def\@moodle@text{text}%
\def\@moodle@plain{plain}%
\def\@moodle@monospaced{monospaced}%
\def\@moodle@file{file}%
\def\@moodle@noinline{noinline}%
\define@choicekey{moodle}{response format}%
{html,html+file,text,monospaced,file}[html]%
{\def\test@i{#1}%
\ifx\test@i\@moodle@html
% \HTML\ Editor
\def\moodle@responseformat{editor}%
\fi
\ifx\test@i\@moodle@htmlfile
% \HTML\ Editor with File Picker
\def\moodle@responseformat{editorfilepicker}%
\fi
\ifx\test@i\@moodle@text
% Plain text
\def\moodle@responseformat{plain}%
\fi
\ifx\test@i\@moodle@plain
% Plain text
\def\moodle@responseformat{plain}%
\fi
\ifx\test@i\@moodle@monospaced
% Plain text, monospaced font
\def\moodle@responseformat{monospaced}%
\fi
\ifx\test@i\@moodle@file
% No inline text (i.e., attachments only)
\def\moodle@responseformat{noinline}%
\fi
\ifx\test@i\@moodle@noinline
% No inline text (i.e., attachments only)
\def\moodle@responseformat{noinline}%
\fi
}%
\generate@moodle@write@code*{responseformat}{\moodle@responseformat}%
\moodleset{response format=html}%
%N.B. if we did not set a default, then \moodle@responseformat would be undefined, causing problems.
%% RESPONSE REQUIRED
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{response required}[true]{}%
% TODO: Make synonym 'required'
\generate@moodle@write@code*{responserequired}{\csname ifmoodle@response required\endcsname 1\else 0\fi}%
\moodleset{response required=false}%
%% RESPONSEFIELDLINES
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@]{response field lines}[15]{}%
\generate@moodle@write@code*{responsefieldlines}{\csname moodle@response field lines\endcsname}%
%Make synonyms 'input box size' or 'height' or 'lines'?
\moodleset{response field lines=15}% N.B. if we do not set a default, then \moodle@responseformat will be undefined, causing problems.
%% ATTACHMENTS ALLOWED
\def\@moodle@unlimited{unlimited}%
\define@choicekey{moodle}{attachments allowed}{0,1,2,3,unlimited}[1]{%
\def\test@i{#1}%
\ifx\test@i\@moodle@unlimited
\def\moodle@attachmentsallowed{-1}%
\else
\def\moodle@attachmentsallowed{#1}%
\fi
}
\generate@moodle@write@code*{attachmentsallowed}{\moodle@attachmentsallowed}
\moodleset{attachments allowed=0}%
%% ATTACHMENTS REQUIRED
\define@choicekey{moodle}{attachments required}{0,1,2,3}[1]{\def\moodle@attachmentsrequired{#1}}%
\generate@moodle@write@code*{attachmentsrequired}{\moodle@attachmentsrequired}
\moodleset{attachments required=0}%
%% RESPONSE TEMPLATE
\define@key{moodle}{template}{\long\def\moodle@responsetemplate{#1}}%
\generate@moodle@write@html@noptag{responsetemplate}{\moodle@responsetemplate}
\moodleset{template={}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{Hint tags}
% The following are not yet fully implemented.
% \begin{macrocode}
%% SHOWNUMCORRECT
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{shownumcorrect}[true]{}%
\gdef\moodle@writeshownumcorrect{%
\if\moodle@shownumcorrect
\writetomoodle[4]{ }%
\fi
}%
\moodleset{shownumcorrect=false}%
%% CLEARWRONG
\define@boolkey{moodle}[moodle@]{clearwrong}[true]{}%
\gdef\moodle@writeclearwrong{%
\if\moodle@clearwrong
\writetomoodle[4]{ }%
\fi
}%
\moodleset{clearwrong=false}%
% TODO: Implement hints
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Answer handling}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%The Answers \XML\ depends heavily on the question type.
%Each type of question defines how it obtains answers from the LaTeX input,
%how it typesets those in a \PDF\ or \DVI, and how it writes them as \XML\ code.
%It will write that \XML\ to the macro \moodle@answers@xml,
%which them gets written to the file when \moodle@writeanswers
%is invoked.
\def\moodle@answers@xml{}%
\gdef\moodle@writeanswers{%
\writetomoodle{\moodle@answers@xml}%
}%
\newcommand\addto@xml[3][0]{%
% #1 = spaces to indent (default=0)
% #2 = macro containing \XML\ code (possibly empty)
% #3 = \XML\ text to be appended to that macro (will be \edef'd)
\calculateindent{#1}%
\edef\xml@to@add{\moodle@indent\trim@pre@space{#3}}%
\ifx#2\@moodle@empty
\edef\newxml{\noexpand#2\xml@to@add}%
\else
\edef\newxml{\noexpand#2^^J\xml@to@add}%
\fi
\xa\xa\xa\def\xa\xa\xa#2\xa\xa\xa{\newxml}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Not yet implemented}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% CALCULATED %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% TODO: I don't think I really want to handle this. Not now.
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Typesetting options}
% This section provides the tools to allow on to control how the quiz gets typeset
% in the resulting PDF file.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifmoodle@feedbackLeft% contribution of Juergen Vollmer, 2021-03-05
\newcommand{\moodle@preFeedback}{\\}%
\else%
\newcommand{\moodle@preFeedback}{\hfill}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Front Ends}
% This section creates the user interface for the various question types.
% First, we define a generic command to create
% a front-end environment for a Moodle question type.
% In order to function, the following macros must be hard-coded:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |\moodle@|\meta{type}|@latexprocessing|:
% Loops through the saved |\item|'s to typeset them in LaTeX,
% usually inside an itemize or enumerate environment.
% \item |\save|\meta{type}|answer#1|:
% Processes the text of a single |\item| to save the information to memory,
% usually inside |\moodle@answers@xml|.
% \item |\write|\meta{type}|question|:
% Writes the information, hitherto saved only in macros,
% into the \XML\ file.
% \end{itemize}
% For example, to create the `shortanswer' question type,
% we shall call
% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=5,frame=single]
% \moodle@makefrontend{shortanswer}
% \def\moodle@shortanswer@latexprocessing{...}
% \def\saveshortansweranswer#1{...}
% \def\writeshortanswerquestion{...}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\moodle@makelatextagbox#1{%
% \ifmoodle@tikzloaded
% \tikzset{external/export next=false}
% \tikz[baseline]{\node[draw,minimum height=1.2em,rounded corners,fill=black!20] {\tiny #1};}
% % Fancy but interferes with the tikzexternalize counter
% \else
\Ovalbox{\tiny #1}
%\ovalbox{\tiny #1}
%\shadowbox{\tiny #1}
% \fi
}%
\def\moodle@makelatextag@qtype#1{%
\doublebox{\tiny \textsc{\GetTranslation{#1}}}
}%
\def\moodle@makelatextag@value#1#2{%
\moodle@makelatextagbox{\GetTranslation{#2}~\csname moodle@#1\endcsname}%
}%
\def\moodle@makelatextag@key#1{%
\moodle@makelatextagbox{\GetTranslation{#1}}
}%
\def\moodle@makelatextag@other#1{%
\moodle@makelatextagbox{\GetTranslation{#1}}
}%
\def\moodle@makefrontend#1#2{%
\NewEnviron{#1}[2][]{%
\bgroup
\setkeys{moodle}{##1,questionname={##2}}%
\global\advance\moodle@totalmarks by \csname moodle@default grade\endcsname pt
\expandafter\gatheritems\xa{\BODY}%
\let\moodle@questionheader=\gatheredheader
%First, the LaTeX processing
\item \moodle@begin@samepage \textbf{\moodle@questionname}
\ifmoodle@handout
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{#1}
\else
\moodle@latex@writetags
\par
\noindent
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{#1}%
\moodle@makelatextag@value{default grade}{marked out of}
\moodle@makelatextag@value{penalty}{penalty}%
\fi
#2\par
\noindent
\moodle@questionheader
\edef\moodle@generalfeedback{\expandonce\moodle@feedback}
\csname moodle@#1@latexprocessing\endcsname
\moodle@end@samepage
%Now, writing information to XML
\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
\xa\questiontext\xa{\moodle@questionheader}% Save the question text.
\csname write#1question\endcsname
\bgroup
\gdef\moodle@answers@xml{}%
\setkeys{moodle}{feedback={}}%
\xa\loopthroughitemswithcommand\xa{\csname save#1answer\endcsname}%
\passvalueaftergroup{\moodle@answers@xml}%
\egroup
\moodle@writeanswers%
\moodle@writetags%
\writetomoodle{}%
}{}%
\egroup
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Description Question Front-End}
% Description and essay questions are the only question types whose front end
% is not yet created by |\moodle@makefrontend|.
% This is because of what need to be done with their contents.
%
% Description blocks can be empty. In this case, nothing is done.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginEnvironment{quiz}{% protect existing description outside of quiz
\let\description\relax% remove the meaning of existing \description and \enddescription
\let\enddescription\relax
\NewEnviron{description}[2][]{%
\bgroup
\setkeys{moodle}{#1,questionname={#2}}%
\let\moodle@questiontext=\BODY
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@questiontext
\ifx\moodle@questiontext\@empty\relax\else%
%First, the LaTeX processing.
\item \moodle@begin@samepage\textbf{\moodle@questionname}
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\moodle@latex@writetags
\par
\noindent
\fi
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{description}\par
\noindent
\moodle@questiontext\par
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
\fbox{\parbox{.96\linewidth}{\emph{\moodle@feedback}}}%
\fi
\fi
\moodle@end@samepage
%Now, writing information to memory.
\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
\writetomoodle{}%
\moodle@writecommondata
\moodle@writetags%
\writetomoodle{}%
}{}%
\fi
\egroup
}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Essay Question Front-End}
% The front end is not yet created by |\moodle@makefrontend| because of
% what must must be done with the |\item|'s.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\moodle@essay@latexprocessing{%
% Moodle cannot automatically grade an essay,
% but if the user puts \item's in, we can list them in an itemize as notes.
\par\noindent \emph{\GetTranslation{Information for graders}:}
\ifnum\c@numgathereditems>0\relax
\begin{itemize} \setlength\itemsep{0pt}\setlength\parskip{0pt}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@print@essay@answer}%
\end{itemize}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@generalfeedback\@empty\relax\else%
\fbox{\parbox{.96\linewidth}{\emph{\moodle@generalfeedback}}}%
\fi
}
\NewEnviron{essay}[2][]{%
\bgroup
\setkeys{moodle}{#1,questionname={#2}}%
\global\advance\moodle@totalmarks by \csname moodle@default grade\endcsname pt%
\moodle@checkresponsefieldlines
\expandafter\gatheritems\expandafter{\BODY}%
\let\moodle@questionheader=\gatheredheader
%First, the LaTeX processing.
\item \moodle@begin@samepage\textbf{\moodle@questionname}
\ifmoodle@handout
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{essay}
\else
\moodle@latex@writetags
\par
\noindent
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{essay}
\moodle@makelatextag@value{default grade}{marked out of}
\moodle@makelatextag@value{penalty}{penalty}
\xa\moodle@makelatextag@key\xa{\moodle@responseformat}
\fi
\par
\noindent
\moodle@questionheader
\long\def\@lempty{}%
\ifx\moodle@responsetemplate\@lempty\else
\par\noindent\emph{\GetTranslation{Response template}:}
\par\noindent\fbox{\parbox{.96\linewidth}{\moodle@responsetemplate}}\par
\fi
\edef\moodle@generalfeedback{\expandonce\moodle@feedback}
\ifmoodle@handout
\par\noindent
\fbox{\parbox[t][\csname moodle@response field lines\endcsname\baselineskip]{.96\linewidth}{\phantom{Moodle}}}%
\else
\csname moodle@essay@latexprocessing\endcsname
\fi
\moodle@end@samepage
%Now, writing information to memory.
\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
\xa\questiontext\xa{\moodle@questionheader}% Save the question text.
\writeessayquestion
\bgroup
\gdef\moodle@answers@xml{}%
%
\ifnum\c@numgathereditems=0\relax
\addto@xml[2]\moodle@answers@xml{}%
\else
\addto@xml[2]\moodle@answers@xml{1\relax
\addto@xml[4]\moodle@answers@xml{
}%
\fi
\addto@xml[2]\moodle@answers@xml{]]>}%
\fi
%
\passvalueaftergroup{\moodle@answers@xml}%
\egroup
\moodle@writeanswers% The 'answers' \XML\ really contains the grader info.
\moodle@writeresponsetemplate%
\moodle@writetags%
\writetomoodle{}%
}{}%
\egroup
}%
\def\moodle@checkresponsefieldlines{%
\newcount\a\a=\number\csname moodle@response field lines\endcsname
\newcount\b\b=5%
\ifnum\the\a>40\relax% if the value was more than 40
\a=40%
\fi
\ifnum\the\a<5\relax% if the value was less than 5
\a=5%
\fi
\divide\a by\b% integer division by 5
\multiply\a by\b% multiply by 5
\ifnum\a=\csname moodle@response field lines\endcsname\relax% equality holds if we had 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 40
\else
\ifnum\csname moodle@response field lines\endcsname>5\relax%
\ifnum\csname moodle@response field lines\endcsname<40\relax%
\advance\a by\b% approximate with the next multiple of 5
\fi
\fi
\PackageWarning{moodle}{"response field lines" admits only multiples of 5 between 5 and 40
(You tried to set \csname moodle@response field lines\endcsname). The value
\the\a\space will be used.}%
\setkeys{moodle}{response field lines=\the\a}%
\fi
}%
%%%% TODO
%%%% To make essay work will be tough.
%%%% Every line from \ifnum\c@numgathereditems=0\relax through its \else and \fi,
%%%% with the exception of
%%%% \xa\loopthroughitemswithcommand\xa{\csname save#1answer\endcsname}%
%%%% , does not exist in our current \moodle@makefrontend code.
%%%% How can we cope?
%%%%
%%%% Idea: change \moodle@makefrontend so that
%%%% 1. if \c@numgathereditems=0, we don't do anything.
%%%% 2. it calls a preamble and postamble around the \loopthroughitemswithcommand.
%%%% Like this:
%%%%
%%%% \@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
%%%% \xa\questiontext\xa{\moodle@questionheader}% Save the question text.
%%%% \bgroup
%%%% \gdef\moodle@answers@xml{}%
%%%% \setkeys{moodle}{feedback={}}%
%%%% \@ifundefined{moodle@#1@answers@preamble}{}{}%
%%%% \csname moodle@#1@answers@preamble\endcsname
%%%% \ifnum\c@numgathereditems=0\relax
%%%% \relax
%%%% \else
%%%% \xa\loopthroughitemswithcommand\xa{\csname save#1answer\endcsname}%
%%%% \fi
%%%% \@ifundefined{moodle@#1@answers@postamble}{}{}%
%%%% \csname moodle@#1@answers@postamble\endcsname
%%%% \passvalueaftergroup{\moodle@answers@xml}%
%%%% \egroup
%%%% \csname write#1question\endcsname
%%%% }{}%
%%%% The \@ifundefined lines should automatically define the
%%%% \...@preamble \...@postamble macros to be \relax if they don't exist already.
\gdef\writeessayquestion{%
\writetomoodle{}%
\moodle@writecommondata%
\moodle@writeresponserequired%
\moodle@writeresponseformat%
\moodle@writeresponsefieldlines%
\moodle@writeattachmentsallowed%
\moodle@writeattachmentsrequired%
}%
\long\def\moodle@print@essay@answer#1{%
\item #1%
}%
\long\def\moodle@savegraderinfo#1{%
\def\moodle@answertext{#1}
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@answertext@html\xa{\moodle@answertext}%
%\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\ifnum\c@numgathereditems>1\relax
\addto@xml[6]{\moodle@answers@xml}{
\moodle@answertext@html
}%
\else
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{\moodle@answertext@html}%
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Short Answer Question Front-End}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%\NewEnviron{shortanswer}[2][]{%
% \bgroup
% \setkeys{moodle}{#1,questionname={#2}}%
% \expandafter\gatheritems\xa{\BODY}%
% \let\moodle@questionheader=\gatheredheader
% %First, the LaTeX processing.
% \item \textbf{\moodle@questionname}
% \csname ifmoodle@case sensitive\endcsname
% \framebox{\tiny Case-Sensitive}\relax
% \fi
% \framebox{\tiny\csname moodle@default grade\endcsname~points}
% \framebox{\tiny\csname moodle@penalty\endcsname~penalty}\par
% \noindent
% \moodle@questionheader
% \csname moodle@shortanswer@latexprocessing\endcsname
% %Now, writing information to memory.
% \@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
% \xa\questiontext\xa{\moodle@questionheader}% Save the question text.
% \bgroup
% \gdef\moodle@answers@xml{}%
% \setkeys{moodle}{feedback={}}%
% \xa\loopthroughitemswithcommand\xa{\csname
% saveshortansweranswer\endcsname}%
% \passvalueaftergroup{\moodle@answers@xml}%
% \egroup
% \csname writeshortanswerquestion\endcsname
% }{}%
% \egroup
% }%
\moodle@makefrontend{shortanswer}{\moodle@makelatextag@shortanswer}%
% LATEX PROCESSING
\def\moodle@makelatextag@shortanswer{%
\ifmoodle@usecase
\moodle@makelatextag@other{Case-Sensitive}\relax
\else
\moodle@makelatextag@other{Case-Insensitive}\relax
\fi
}
\ifmoodle@handout
\let\moodle@shortanswer@latexprocessing\relax
\else
\def\moodle@shortanswer@latexprocessing{%
\begin{itemize} \setlength\itemsep{0pt}\setlength\parskip{0pt}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@print@shortanswer@answer}%
\end{itemize}%
\ifx\moodle@generalfeedback\@empty\relax\else%
\fbox{\parbox{.96\linewidth}{\emph{\moodle@generalfeedback}}}%
\fi
}
\fi
\def\moodle@print@shortanswer@answer#1{%
\let\moodle@feedback=\@empty
\moodle@print@shortanswer@answer@int#1\@rdelim
}%
\newcommand\moodle@print@shortanswer@answer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@print@shortanswer@answer@int@int%
}%
\def\moodle@print@shortanswer@answer@int@int#1\@rdelim{%
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@hundred
\item #1$~\checkmark$%
\else
\moodle@checkfraction
\item #1$~(\moodle@fraction\%)$%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
\moodle@preFeedback \emph{$\rightarrow$ \moodle@feedback}
\fi
}%
% SAVING ANSWERS TO MEMORY
\def\saveshortansweranswer#1{%
\bgroup
\saveshortansweranswer@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim
\passvalueaftergroup{\moodle@answers@xml}%
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\saveshortansweranswer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=100,#1}% %%%%%% DEFAULT VALUE IS 100%
\saveshortansweranswer@int@int%
}%
\def\saveshortansweranswer@int@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim{%
\def\moodle@answertext{#1}%
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\moodle@checkfraction
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@answertext@html\xa{\moodle@answertext}%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@answertext@html}%
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\writetomoodle[0]{\htmlize@embeddedfiletags}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@feedback
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@feedback@html\xa{\moodle@feedback}%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@feedback@html]]>\ifmoodle@pluginfile\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\fi}%
\fi
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
}%
% WRITING QUESTION TO \XML\ FILE
\gdef\writeshortanswerquestion{%
\writetomoodle{}%
\moodle@writecommondata%
\moodle@writeusecase%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Numerical Question Front-End}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\moodle@makefrontend{numerical}{\moodle@makelatextag@numerical}%
% LATEX PROCESSING
\def\moodle@makelatextag@numerical{}
\AtEndPreamble{
\@ifpackageloaded{siunitx}{\def\moodle@printnum{\num[omit-uncertainty]}}%,copy-decimal-marker
{\let\moodle@printnum\trim@spaces}%
}
\ifmoodle@handout
\let\moodle@numerical@latexprocessing\relax
\else
\def\moodle@numerical@latexprocessing{%
\begin{itemize} \setlength\itemsep{0pt}\setlength\parskip{0pt}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@print@numerical@answer}%
\end{itemize}%
\ifx\moodle@generalfeedback\@empty\relax\else%
\fbox{\parbox{.96\linewidth}{\emph{\moodle@generalfeedback}}}%
\fi
}
\fi
\def\moodle@print@numerical@answer#1{%
\let\moodle@feedback=\@empty
\bgroup
\moodle@print@numerical@answer@int#1\@rdelim
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\moodle@print@numerical@answer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@print@numerical@answer@int@int%
}%
\def\moodle@print@numerical@answer@int@int#1\@rdelim{%
\gdef\test@i{#1}%
\trim@spaces@in\test@i
\ifx\test@i\@star
\item \test@i
\else
\item \moodle@printnum{#1}%
\ifx\moodle@tolerance\moodle@zero\else
$\,\pm\,$\moodle@printnum{\expandonce\moodle@tolerance}%
\fi
\fi
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@hundred
$~\checkmark$%
\else
\moodle@checkfraction
$~(\moodle@fraction\%)$%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
\moodle@preFeedback \emph{$\rightarrow$ \moodle@feedback}%
\fi
}%
% SAVING ANSWERS TO MEMORY
\def\savenumericalanswer#1{%
\bgroup
\savenumericalanswer@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim
\passvalueaftergroup{\moodle@answers@xml}%
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\savenumericalanswer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=100,#1}% %%%%%% DEFAULT VALUE IS 100%
\savenumericalanswer@int@int%
}%
\def\savenumericalanswer@int@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim{%
\def\moodle@answertext{#1}%
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\moodle@checkfraction
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@answertext}%
\ifx\moodle@answertext\@star\else
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@tolerance}%
\fi
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\writetomoodle[0]{\htmlize@embeddedfiletags}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@feedback
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@feedback@html\xa{\moodle@feedback}%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@feedback@html]]>\ifmoodle@pluginfile\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\fi}%
\fi
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
}%
% WRITING QUESTION TO \XML\ FILE
\gdef\writenumericalquestion{%
\writetomoodle{}%
\moodle@writecommondata%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Multiple Choice Question Front-End}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%Multiple choice has the structure
% \begin{multi}[options]{name}%
% What is 5+7?
% \item 13
% \item* 12
% \item 11
% \end{multi}%
\moodle@makefrontend{multi}{\moodle@makelatextag@multi}%
% LATEX PROCESSING
\def\moodle@makelatextag@multi{%
\ifmoodle@allornothing
\ifx\endmulti\endclozemulti
\PackageError{moodle}{Unsupported option "allornothing" for a multichoice subquestion}
{Please set "allornothing=false"}%
\else
\moodle@makelatextag@other{All-or-nothing}%
\fi
\else
\ifmoodle@single
\moodle@makelatextag@other{Single}%
\else
\moodle@makelatextag@other{Multiple}%
\fi
\fi
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifmoodle@shuffle
\moodle@makelatextag@other{Shuffle}\relax%
\fi
\fi
}
\def\moodle@multi@latexprocessing{%
\ifmoodle@allornothing\moodle@singletrue\fi
\ifmoodle@single\relax\else\moodle@InspectMultipleAnswers\fi
\ifmoodle@handout\NewList{answerlist}\fi
\begin{enumerate}\moodle@obeynumberingstyle%
%\renewcommand{\theenumi}{\alph{enumi}}%
\setlength\itemsep{0pt}\setlength\parskip{0pt}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@print@multichoice@answer}%
\ifmoodle@handout
\ifmoodle@shuffle
\let\moodle@multi@loop=\ForEachRandomItem
\else
\let\moodle@multi@loop=\ForEachFirstItem
\fi
\moodle@multi@loop{answerlist}{Answer}{\Answer}%
\fi
\end{enumerate}%
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifx\moodle@generalfeedback\@empty\relax\else%
\fbox{\parbox{.96\linewidth}{\emph{\moodle@generalfeedback}}}%
\fi
\fi
}
\long\def\moodle@print@multichoice@answer#1{%
\let\moodle@feedback=\@empty%
\moodle@print@multichoice@answer@int#1 \@rdelim%
}%
\newcommand\moodle@print@multichoice@answer@int[1][]{%
\let\moodle@fraction\@empty%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@print@multichoice@answer@int@int%
}%
\long\def\moodle@print@multichoice@answer@int@int#1#2\@rdelim{%
\def\test@i{#1}%
\def\test@ii{#2}%
\def\moodle@answertext{\item }%
\ifx\test@i\@star%
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{#2}%
\ifmoodle@single%
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=100}%
\else
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=\moodle@AutoScore}%
\fi
\else
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{#1#2}%
\fi
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext%
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext%
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifmoodle@single%
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@empty\relax%
\ifdim0pt<\moodle@sanction pt\relax
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=-\moodle@sanction}%
\else
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=0}%
\fi
\fi
\moodle@checkfraction
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@hundred%
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext%
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{$~\checkmark$}%
\else
\ifdim0pt=\moodle@fraction pt\relax\else%
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{$~(\moodle@fraction\%)$}%
\fi
\fi
\else% multiple
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@empty\relax%
\ifmoodle@AdvancedScoreMode
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=0}%
\else
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=-\moodle@AutoScore}%
\fi
\fi
\moodle@checkfraction
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{$~(\moodle@fraction\%)$}%
\fi
\fi
\ifmoodle@handout
\def\temp{\InsertLastItem{answerlist}}%
\xa\temp\xa{\moodle@answertext}%
\else
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else%
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{\moodle@preFeedback \emph{$\rightarrow$ \moodle@feedback}}%
\fi
\moodle@answertext
\fi
}%
% COMMON UTILITY: Inspecting answers of multiple choice questions (for option 'multiple')
\newcounter{moodle@NumStarredAnswers}% count the stars
\newdimen\moodle@autoscore@tmp%
\newdimen\moodle@TotalPositiveFractions% Total of user-set positive fractions
\newdimen\moodle@PositiveScoreFactor% scaling factor to impose the fractions of
%correct answers to add up to 100%
\newif\ifmoodle@AdvancedScoreMode%
\def\moodle@InspectMultipleAnswers{%
\setcounter{moodle@NumStarredAnswers}{0}%
\moodle@autoscore@tmp=100pt\relax% temporary variable
\moodle@TotalPositiveFractions=0pt\relax%
\moodle@PositiveScoreFactor=1pt\relax
\moodle@AdvancedScoreModefalse
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@InspectMultipleAnswers@a}%
\ifmoodle@AdvancedScoreMode% advanced mode
\ifx\endmulti\endclozemulti% inside cloze
\divide\moodle@TotalPositiveFractions by 100\relax
\advance\moodle@TotalPositiveFractions by \c@moodle@NumStarredAnswers pt\relax
\moodle@PositiveScoreFactor=1 pt\relax
\moodle@PositiveScoreFactor=\dimexpr 1 pt * \moodle@PositiveScoreFactor / \moodle@TotalPositiveFractions\relax%
\global\def\moodle@OtherScore{% for multianswer questions in cloze, with advanced mode
\ifdim0pt<\moodle@fraction pt\relax
\moodle@fraction
\else
\moodle@autoscore@tmp=\moodle@PositiveScoreFactor\relax%
\multiply\moodle@autoscore@tmp by \moodle@fraction\relax%
\strip@pt\moodle@autoscore@tmp
\fi
}%
\else% outside cloze
\advance\moodle@autoscore@tmp by-\moodle@TotalPositiveFractions\relax%
\def\ds{\strip@pt\moodle@TotalPositiveFractions}%
\ifnum0=\c@moodle@NumStarredAnswers\relax%
% autopoints will never be used but we check if the sum of positive fractions is 100%
\ifdim\moodle@autoscore@tmp<-\moodle@fractiontol pt\relax%
\PackageWarning{moodle}{Positive fractions add up to more than 100 (here: \ds)}%
% Here we issue only a warning because Moodle accepts the \XML\ without error.
\else
\ifdim\moodle@autoscore@tmp>\moodle@fractiontol pt\relax%
\PackageError{moodle}{Positive fractions add up to less than 100 (here: \ds)}%
\fi
\fi
\else% there are starred items
\ifdim0pt<\moodle@autoscore@tmp\relax\else%
% we have starred items so the sum of user-set positive fractions must be less than 100%
% otherwise, starred items would lead to penalties
\PackageError{moodle}{Positive fractions add up to 100 or more (here: \ds):
there is no positive points left to be given to starred items.}%
\fi
\divide\moodle@autoscore@tmp by \c@moodle@NumStarredAnswers\relax%
\fi
\fi
\else% automatic score (not in advanced score mode)
\global\divide\moodle@autoscore@tmp by \c@moodle@NumStarredAnswers\relax%
\fi
\xdef\moodle@AutoScore{\strip@pt\moodle@autoscore@tmp}%
}
\long\def\moodle@InspectMultipleAnswers@a#1{%
%The grouping is to keep key answer-specific key changes local.
\bgroup
\moodle@InspectMultipleAnswers@b#1\moodle@answer@rdelim
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\moodle@InspectMultipleAnswers@b[1][]{%
%\ifx&%
\let\moodle@fraction\@empty%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@InspectMultipleAnswers@c%
%\fi
}%
\long\def\moodle@InspectMultipleAnswers@c#1#2\moodle@answer@rdelim{%
\def\test@i{#1}%
\ifx\test@i\@star
\stepcounter{moodle@NumStarredAnswers}%
\else
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@empty\else
\global\moodle@AdvancedScoreModetrue
\ifdim0pt<\moodle@fraction pt\relax%
\global\advance\moodle@TotalPositiveFractions by \moodle@fraction pt\relax%
\fi
\fi
\fi
}%
\newdimen\test@fraction%
\newdimen\test@lower%
\newdimen\test@upper%
\def\moodle@fractionerror{%
\def\ds{\moodle@fraction}%
\PackageError{moodle}{the current fraction is not an admissible value (here: \ds)}%
}
{\catcode`|=3\relax
\gdef\moodle@validfractionlist{0|5|10|11.11111|12.5|14.28571|16.66667|20|25|30|33.33333|40|50|60|66.66667|70|75|80|83.33333|90|100}}%
\def\moodle@isfractionnear#1{%
\test@lower=\dimexpr #1 pt - \moodle@fractiontol pt\relax%
\test@upper=\dimexpr #1 pt + \moodle@fractiontol pt\relax%
\ifdim\test@upper>\test@fraction\relax
\ifdim\test@lower<\test@fraction\relax
\gdef\test@fractionmatched{#1}%
\fi
\fi
}
\def\moodle@checkfraction{%
\ifmoodle@allornothing
\ifnum\moodle@fraction>0\relax
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=100}%
\fi
\ifnum\moodle@fraction<0\relax
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=0}%
\fi
\else
%\def\test@i{#1}%
\test@fraction=\moodle@fraction pt\relax%
% take the absolute value
\ifdim0pt>\test@fraction\relax%
\test@fraction=-\moodle@fraction pt\relax%
\fi
% test if the fraction is an admissible value
\let\test@fractionmatched\@empty
\forlistloop{\moodle@isfractionnear}{\moodle@validfractionlist}%
\ifx\test@fractionmatched\@empty\relax
\moodle@fractionerror%
\fi
\ifdim\moodle@fraction pt<-\moodle@fractiontol pt\relax%
\xdef\moodle@fraction{-\test@fractionmatched}%
\else
\xdef\moodle@fraction{\test@fractionmatched}%
\fi
\fi
}
% TODO: Put these macros in same order as other sections'.
% SAVING ANSWERS TO MEMORY
\long\def\savemultianswer#1{%
\bgroup
\savemultianswer@int#1 \moodle@answer@rdelim
\passvalueaftergroup{\moodle@answers@xml}%
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\savemultianswer@int[1][]{%
\let\moodle@fraction\@empty%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\ifmoodle@allornothing
\moodle@singletrue
\fi
\savemultianswer@int@int%
}%
\long\def\savemultianswer@int@int#1#2\moodle@answer@rdelim{%
\def\test@i{#1}%
\ifx\test@i\@star
\ifmoodle@single
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=100}%
\else
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=\moodle@AutoScore}%
\fi
\def\moodle@answertext{#2}%
\else
\def\moodle@answertext{#1#2}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@empty\relax%
\ifmoodle@single\relax
\ifdim0pt<\moodle@sanction pt\relax
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=-\moodle@sanction}%
\else
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=0}%
\fi
\else% multiple
\ifmoodle@AdvancedScoreMode
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=0}%
\else
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=-\moodle@AutoScore}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\moodle@checkfraction
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@answertext@html\xa{\moodle@answertext}%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@answertext@html]]>}%
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{\htmlize@embeddedfiletags}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@feedback
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@feedback@html\xa{\moodle@feedback}%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@feedback@html]]>\ifmoodle@pluginfile\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\fi}%
\fi
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
}%
% WRITING QUESTION TO \XML\ FILE
\gdef\writemultiquestion{%
\writetomoodle{}%
\moodle@writecommondata%
\ifmoodle@allornothing\else
\moodle@writesingle%
\fi
\moodle@writeshuffle%
\moodle@writeanswernumbering%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{True/False Question Front-End}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
% True/False has structure
% \begin{truefalse}[options]{name}%
% This is a matching question.
% \item[feedback={feedback for student answering incorrectly "true"}] % first item is for true
% \item* this is an other way of specifying answer-specific feedback
% \end{truefalse}%
%\moodle@makefrontend{truefalse}{}% We dont use the generic frontend because truefalse has no tunable penalty
\NewEnviron{truefalse}[2][]{%
\bgroup
\setkeys{moodle}{#1,questionname={#2}}%
\global\advance\moodle@totalmarks by \csname moodle@default grade\endcsname pt
\expandafter\gatheritems\xa{\BODY}%
\let\moodle@questionheader=\gatheredheader
%First, the LaTeX processing
\item \moodle@begin@samepage\textbf{\moodle@questionname}
\ifmoodle@handout
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{truefalse}
\else
\moodle@latex@writetags
\par
\noindent
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{truefalse}
\moodle@makelatextag@value{default grade}{marked out of}
\fi
\par
\noindent
\moodle@questionheader
\edef\moodle@generalfeedback{\expandonce\moodle@feedback}
\moodle@truefalse@latexprocessing
\moodle@end@samepage
%Now, writing information to XML
\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
\setkeys{moodle}{penalty=1}%
\xa\questiontext\xa{\moodle@questionheader}% Save the question text.
\csname writetruefalsequestion\endcsname
\bgroup
\gdef\moodle@answers@xml{}%
\setkeys{moodle}{feedback={}}%
\xa\loopthroughitemswithcommand\xa{\xa\savetruefalseanswer}%
\ifnum\c@numgathereditems=1\relax
\setcounter{currentitemnumber}{2}%
\savetruefalseanswer{}
\fi
\passvalueaftergroup{\moodle@answers@xml}%
\egroup
\moodle@writeanswers%
\moodle@writetags%
\writetomoodle{}%
}{}%
\egroup
}%
% LATEX PROCESSING
\def\moodle@truefalse@latexprocessing{%
% \ifnum\c@numgathereditems>2\relax%
% \PackageError{moodle}{Expecting at max two answers with truefalse type}
% \fi
\setcounter{moodle@NumStarredAnswers}{0}%
\begin{itemize} \setlength\itemsep{0pt}\setlength\parskip{0pt}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@print@truefalse@answer}%
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber=2\relax
\item \textbf{\GetTranslation{False}}%
\fi
\end{itemize}
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifx\moodle@generalfeedback\@empty\relax\else%
\fbox{\parbox{.96\linewidth}{\emph{\moodle@generalfeedback}}}%
\fi
\fi
\ifnum\c@moodle@NumStarredAnswers=0\relax
\PackageError{moodle}{No answer is explicitly marked as correct (*). Be sure one answer leads to points.}%
\fi
\ifnum\c@moodle@NumStarredAnswers>1\relax
\PackageError{moodle}{Two answers are explicitly marked as correct (*). Be sure only one answer leads to points.}%
\fi
}
\def\moodle@print@truefalse@answer#1{% here # is all what comes after "\item", that is "[options]* text"
\let\moodle@feedback=\@empty
\moodle@print@truefalse@answer@int#1\@rdelim % add an end delimiter:
}%
\newcommand\moodle@print@truefalse@answer@int[1][]{% with the optional argument, catch options and set them as keys
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@print@truefalse@answer@int@int% applies to the rest: "* text\@rdelim"
}%
\def\moodle@print@truefalse@answer@int@int#1\@rdelim{% this is just to treat appart the case where nothing follows
\def\test@i{#1}
\trim@spaces@in\test@i
\ifx\test@i\@empty\relax
\moodle@print@truefalse@answer@int@int@empty
\else
\moodle@print@truefalse@answer@int@int@int#1\@rdelim
\fi
}%
\def\moodle@print@truefalse@answer@int@int@empty{%
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber=1\relax
\def\moodle@answertext{\GetTranslation{True}}%
\fi
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber=2\relax
\def\moodle@answertext{\GetTranslation{False}}%
\fi
\item \textbf{\moodle@answertext}%
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
~\moodle@preFeedback \emph{$\rightarrow$ \moodle@feedback}%
\fi
\fi
}%
\def\moodle@print@truefalse@answer@int@int@int#1#2\@rdelim{%
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber=1\relax
\def\moodle@answertext{\GetTranslation{True}}%
\fi
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber=2\relax
\def\moodle@answertext{\GetTranslation{False}}%
\fi
\item \textbf{\moodle@answertext}%
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber<3\relax
\def\test@i{#1}%
%\trim@spaces@in\test@i
\ifx\test@i\@star
\ifmoodle@handout\else
~$\checkmark$%
\fi
\stepcounter{moodle@NumStarredAnswers}%
\else
~%
\fi
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax
\def\test@ii{#2}%
\trim@spaces@in\test@ii
\ifx\test@ii\@empty\relax\else
\ifx\test@i\@star%
\moodle@preFeedback \emph{$\rightarrow$ #2}%
\else%
\moodle@preFeedback \emph{$\rightarrow$ #1#2}%
\fi
\fi
\else
\moodle@preFeedback \emph{$\rightarrow$ \moodle@feedback}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
}%
% SAVING ANSWERS TO MEMORY
\def\savetruefalseanswer#1{%
\bgroup
\savetruefalseanswer@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim
\passvalueaftergroup{\moodle@answers@xml}%
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\savetruefalseanswer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\savetruefalseanswer@int@int%
}%
\def\savetruefalseanswer@int@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim{%
\def\test@i{#1}
\trim@spaces@in\test@i
\ifx\test@i\@empty\relax
\savetruefalseanswer@int@int@empty
\else
\savetruefalseanswer@int@int@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim
\fi
}%
\def\savetruefalseanswer@int@int@empty{%
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=0}%
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber=1\relax
\def\moodle@answertext{true}%
\fi
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber=2\relax
\def\moodle@answertext{false}%
\fi
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber<3\relax
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@answertext}%
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{\htmlize@embeddedfiletags}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@feedback
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@feedback@html\xa{\moodle@feedback}%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@feedback@html]]>\ifmoodle@pluginfile\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\fi}%
\fi
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
\fi
}%
\def\savetruefalseanswer@int@int@int#1#2\moodle@answer@rdelim{%
\def\test@i{#1}%
\ifx\test@i\@star
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=100}%
\else
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=0}%
\fi
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber=1\relax
\def\moodle@answertext{true}%
\fi
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber=2\relax
\def\moodle@answertext{false}%
\fi
\ifnum\c@currentitemnumber<3\relax
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@answertext}%
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{\htmlize@embeddedfiletags}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax
\def\test@ii{#2}
\ifx\test@ii\@empty\relax\else
\ifx\test@i\@star
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@feedback@html\xa{#2}%
\else%
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@feedback@html\xa{#1#2}%
\fi%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@feedback@html]]>\ifmoodle@pluginfile\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\fi}%
\fi
\else
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@feedback
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@feedback@html\xa{\moodle@feedback}%
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@feedback@html]]>\ifmoodle@pluginfile\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\fi}%
\fi
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
\fi
}%
% WRITING QUESTION TO \XML\ FILE
\gdef\writetruefalsequestion{%
\writetomoodle{}%
\moodle@writecommondata%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Matching Question Front-End}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%\let\answer=\hfill
\moodle@makefrontend{matching}{\moodle@makelatextag@matching}%
% LATEX PROCESSING
\def\moodle@makelatextag@matching{%
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifmoodle@draganddrop
\moodle@makelatextag@other{Drag and drop}\relax%
\fi
\ifmoodle@shuffle
\moodle@makelatextag@other{Shuffle}\relax%
\fi
\fi
}
\long\def\moodle@matching@left#1{%
\parbox[c]{.9\linewidth}{\raggedleft #1}\hfil\vrule width .5pt$\bullet$%
}%
\long\def\moodle@matching@right#1{%
$\bullet$\vrule width .5pt\hfil\parbox[c]{.9\linewidth}{#1}%
}%
\def\moodle@matching@latexprocessing{%
\bgroup
%\let\answer=\hfill
\par\noindent
\ifmoodle@handout
\NewList{questionlist}%
\gdef\matcheslist{}%
\NewList{answerlist}%
\else
\long\def\matching@table@text{}%
\fi
\setcounter{moodle@NumStarredAnswers}{0}% Here this counter is for "questions" (items on the left column)
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@print@matching@answer}%
\ifnum\c@numgathereditems<3\relax
\PackageWarning{moodle}{Moodle expects at least three proposed matches in matching questions}%
\fi
\ifnum\c@moodle@NumStarredAnswers<2\relax
\PackageWarning{moodle}{Moodle expects at least two items in matching questions}%
\fi
\ifmoodle@handout
\ifmoodle@shuffle
\let\moodle@matching@loop=\ForEachRandomItem
\else
\let\moodle@matching@loop=\ForEachFirstItem
\fi
\begin{minipage}{.43\linewidth}%
\moodle@matching@loop{questionlist}{Question}{%
\moodle@matching@left{\Question}%
\vskip 4pt\relax
}%
\end{minipage}%
\hfill
\begin{minipage}{.43\linewidth}%
\ForEachFirstItem{answerlist}{Answer}{%
\moodle@matching@right{\Answer}%
\vskip 4pt\relax
}%
\end{minipage}%
\else
\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.43\linewidth}@{}p{.1\linewidth}@{}p{.43\linewidth}@{}}%
\matching@table@text
\end{tabular}%
\ifx\moodle@generalfeedback\@empty\relax\else%
\fbox{\parbox{.96\linewidth}{\emph{\moodle@generalfeedback}}}%
\fi
\fi
\egroup
}
\long\def\moodle@print@matching@answer#1{%
\moodle@print@matching@answer@int#1 \@rdelim
}%
\newcommand\moodle@print@matching@answer@int[1][]{%
\moodle@print@matching@answer@int@int
}%
\long\def\moodle@print@matching@answer@int@int#1\answer#2\@rdelim{%
%\typeout{\string#1 \answer \string#2}%
\def\test@i{#1}%
\trim@spaces@in\test@i
\ifmoodle@handout
\ifx\test@i\@empty\else
\stepcounter{moodle@NumStarredAnswers}%
\InsertLastItem{questionlist}{#1}%
\fi
\edef\test@ii{\detokenize{#2}}%
\trim@spaces@in\test@ii
\trim@spaces@in\test@ii% don't know why the 2nd call is required
% add proposed match only if not already in the list
\xifinlist{\expandonce\test@ii}{\matcheslist}{}{%
\listeadd\matcheslist{\expandonce\test@ii}%
% matches are always proposed shuffled
\InsertRandomItem{answerlist}{#2}%
}%
\else
\ifx\test@i\@empty
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\matching@table@text\xa{%
&&\moodle@matching@right{#2}\\\\\relax%
}%
\else
\stepcounter{moodle@NumStarredAnswers}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\matching@table@text\xa{%
\moodle@matching@left{#1}&\leavevmode\leaders\hb@xt@.44em{\hss$\cdot$\hss}\hfill\kern\z@%
&\moodle@matching@right{#2}\\\\\relax
}%
\fi
\fi
}%
% SAVING ANSWERS TO MEMORY
\long\def\savematchinganswer#1{%
\bgroup
\savematchinganswer@int#1 \moodle@answer@rdelim%
\passvalueaftergroup{\moodle@answers@xml}%
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\savematchinganswer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\savematchinganswer@int@int%\space
}%
\long\def\savematchinganswer@int@int#1\answer#2\moodle@answer@rdelim{%
%\typeout{\string#1 \answer \string#2}%
% Note that #1 may simply be \relax.
\def\moodle@subquestiontext{#1}%
\def\moodle@subanswertext{#2}%
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@subquestiontext
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@subquestiontext@htmlized\xa{\moodle@subquestiontext}%
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
\ifx\moodle@subquestiontext\@empty
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ }%
\else
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@subquestiontext@htmlized]]>\ifmoodle@pluginfile\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\fi}%
\fi
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@subanswertext
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@subanswertext% don't know why but a second call seems required...
%\ifmoodle@draganddrop
\xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@subanswertext@htmlized\xa{\moodle@subanswertext}%
%\fi
\ifmoodle@draganddrop
% \show\moodle@subanswertext@htmlized
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@subanswertext@htmlized]]>\ifmoodle@pluginfile\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\fi}%
\else
% \show\moodle@subanswertext@htmlized
\addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ }%
\fi
% \ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
% \trim@spaces@in\moodle@feedback
% \xa\converttohtmlmacro\xa\moodle@feedback@html\xa{\moodle@feedback}%
% \addto@xml[4]{\moodle@answers@xml}{ \moodle@feedback@html]]>}%
% \fi
\addto@xml[2]{\moodle@answers@xml}{}%
}%
% WRITING QUESTION TO \XML\ FILE
\gdef\writematchingquestion{%
\ifmoodle@draganddrop
\writetomoodle{}%
\else
\writetomoodle{}%
\fi
\moodle@writecommondata%
% \moodle@writesingle% %irrelevant for the matching type
\moodle@writeshuffle%
% \moodle@writeanswernumbering% %irrelevant for the matching type
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Cloze Questions}
% Because cloze questions are so complicated, they get their own section of code.
% The cloze strategy is as follows.
%
% All subquestions show up as part of the question body text.
% For each type of subquestion, we have a cloze-version environment
% that actually has 2 versions, depending on whether we are doing LaTeX or \XML\ processing.
% So the main environment is quite typical:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Process the body as LaTeX.
% During this run, a |\begin{multi}| etc.~will be processed for display onscreen.
% \item Then save the body as the questiontext for \XML.
% During this run, a |\begin{multi}| etc.~will be parsed and turned into
% cloze code as part of the \XML\ questiontext.
% \end{enumerate}
% \begin{macrocode}
% LATEX PROCESSING
% SAVING ANSWERS TO MEMORY
\newif\ifmoodle@clozemode
\moodle@clozemodefalse
\NewEnviron{cloze}[2][]{%
\bgroup
\setkeys{moodle}{default grade=1}%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1,questionname={#2}}%
% A cloze question won't have any \item's in it, so we just use \BODY.
\moodle@enableclozeenvironments
%First, the LaTeX processing.
\item \moodle@begin@samepage\textbf{\moodle@questionname}
\ifmoodle@handout
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{cloze}
\else
\moodle@latex@writetags
\par
\noindent
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{cloze}
\moodle@makelatextag@value{penalty}{penalty}
\fi
\par
\noindent
\BODY
\edef\moodle@generalfeedback{\expandonce\moodle@feedback}
%\csname moodle@cloze@latexprocessing\endcsname
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifx\moodle@generalfeedback\@empty\relax\else%
\fbox{\parbox{.96\linewidth}{\emph{\moodle@generalfeedback}}}%
\fi
\fi
\moodle@end@samepage
%Now, writing information to memory.
\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
\xa\questiontext\xa{\BODY}% Save the question text as \HTML.
\writeclozequestion
}{}%
\egroup%
}
\def\moodle@enableclozeenvironments{%
\let\multi=\clozemulti
\let\endmulti=\endclozemulti
\let\numerical=\clozenumerical
\let\endnumerical=\endclozenumerical
\let\shortanswer=\clozeshortanswer
\let\endshortanswer=\endclozeshortanswer
}
% WRITING QUESTION TO \XML\ FILE
\gdef\writeclozequestion{%
\writetomoodle{}%
\moodle@writequestionname%
\moodle@writequestiontext%
\moodle@writegeneralfeedback%
\moodle@writepenalty%
\moodle@writehidden%
\moodle@writetags%
\writetomoodle{}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Utility to check the validity of fractions and points inside cloze subquestions.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\moodle@tmpdim
\def\moodle@checkclozefraction{%
\moodle@tmpdim=\moodle@fraction pt\relax
% Rounding is performed in three steps:
% 1) round(x)=floor(x+1/2)
\advance\moodle@tmpdim by .5pt\relax
% 2) floor(x)=trunc(x) if x>0, and floor(x)=trunc(x-1) if x<0
\ifdim\moodle@tmpdim<0pt\relax\advance\moodle@tmpdim by -1pt\fi
% 3) Truncation because the quantum of TeX dimensions is 1/65536-th of a point.
\divide\moodle@tmpdim by 65536\relax\multiply\moodle@tmpdim by 65536\relax
\def\moodle@tmpval{\strip@pt\moodle@tmpdim}%
\ifdim\moodle@tmpdim=\moodle@fraction pt\else
\PackageWarning{moodle}{in cloze questions, fractions must be integers. Rounding \moodle@fraction\space to \moodle@tmpval}%
\fi
\xdef\moodle@fraction{\moodle@tmpval}% in any case, take eventual decimals out (e.g. change 10.0 for 10)
}%
\def\moodle@checkclozegrade{%
\moodle@tmpdim=\csname moodle@default grade\endcsname pt\relax
\ifdim\moodle@tmpdim<1 pt\relax
\PackageWarning{moodle}{for cloze questions, the default grade must be a positive integer. Changing the default grade from \csname moodle@default grade\endcsname\space to 1}%
\csdef{moodle@default grade}{1}%
\else % Rounding is performed in three steps:
% 1) round(x)=floor(x+1/2)
\advance\moodle@tmpdim by .5pt\relax
% 2) floor(x)=trunc(x) if x>0, and floor(x)=trunc(x-1) if x<0
\ifdim\moodle@tmpdim<0pt\relax\advance\moodle@tmpdim by -1pt\fi
% 3) Truncation because the quantum of TeX dimensions is 1/65536-th of a point.
\divide\moodle@tmpdim by 65536\relax\multiply\moodle@tmpdim by 65536\relax
\def\moodle@tmpval{\strip@pt\moodle@tmpdim}%
\ifdim\moodle@tmpdim=\csname moodle@default grade\endcsname pt\else
\PackageWarning{moodle}{for cloze questions, the default grade must be a positive integer. Rounding \csname moodle@default grade\endcsname\space to \moodle@tmpval}%
\fi
\csedef{moodle@default grade}{\moodle@tmpval}% in any case, take eventual decimals out (e.g. change 10.0 for 10)
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Cloze Multiple Choice Questions}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewEnviron{clozemulti}[1][]{%
\bgroup
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@checkclozegrade
\expandafter\gatheritems\xa{\BODY}%
\let\moodle@questionheader=\gatheredheader
\ifhtmlizer@active
%HTML version
\def\moodle@clozemulti@output{}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\moodle@clozemulti@output\xa{\moodle@questionheader}%
\def\clozemulti@coding{}%
\edef\clozemulti@coding{\csname moodle@default grade\endcsname:}%
\ifmoodle@single
\g@addto@macro{\clozemulti@coding}{MULTICHOICE}%
\else
\moodle@WarningOrError{3}{5}{Cloze Multiresponse}%
\g@addto@macro{\clozemulti@coding}{MULTIRESPONSE}%
\fi
\ifcase\moodle@multi@mode\relax
% Case 0: dropdown box style
\ifmoodle@single\else
\PackageError{moodle}{Inline mode (dropdown box) incompatible with multiresponse.}
\fi
\ifmoodle@shuffle
\g@addto@macro{\clozemulti@coding}{_}%
\fi
\or
% Case 1: vertical style
\ifmoodle@single
\g@addto@macro{\clozemulti@coding}{_V}%
\else
\ifmoodle@shuffle
\g@addto@macro{\clozemulti@coding}{_}%
\fi
\fi
\else
% Case 2: horizontal radio buttons
\g@addto@macro{\clozemulti@coding}{_H}%
\fi
\ifmoodle@shuffle
\moodle@WarningOrError{3}{0}{Cloze Multi Shuffling}
\g@addto@macro{\clozemulti@coding}{S:}%
\else
\g@addto@macro{\clozemulti@coding}{:}%
\fi
\bgroup
\setkeys{moodle}{feedback={}}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\saveclozemultichoiceanswer}%
\egroup
%\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\clozemulti@coding\xa{\clozerbrace}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\moodle@clozemulti@output\xa{\xa\clozelbrace\clozemulti@coding\clozerbrace}%
%\show\moodle@clozemulti@output
\xa\gdef\xa\htmlize@afteraction@hook\xa{\moodle@clozemulti@output}%
\def\endclozemulti@code{\htmlize@patchendenvironment}%
\else
%LaTeX version
\global\advance\moodle@totalmarks by \csname moodle@default grade\endcsname pt
\moodle@questionheader% %Any introductory text just continues to be typeset.
\par
\noindent
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{multi}
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\moodle@makelatextag@value{default grade}{marked out of}
\moodle@makelatextag@multi
\fi
\def\cloze@multichoice@table@text{}%
\ifmoodle@single\relax\else\moodle@InspectMultipleAnswers\fi
\ifmoodle@handout\NewList{answerlist}\fi
%\let\moodle@feedback=\@empty
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@print@clozemultichoice@answer}%
\ifmoodle@handout
\ifmoodle@shuffle
\let\moodle@clozemult@loop=\ForEachRandomItem
\else
\let\moodle@clozemult@loop=\ForEachFirstItem
\fi
\moodle@clozemult@loop{answerlist}{Answer}{
\xdef\cloze@multichoice@table@text{\expandonce\cloze@multichoice@table@text\expandonce\Answer}%
}%
\fi
\ifcase\moodle@multi@mode\relax
%Case 0: dropdown box style
\par\noindent
\ifmoodle@handout
\begin{tabular}[t]{|p{.45\linewidth}|}
\else
\begin{tabular}[t]{|p{.45\linewidth}|p{.45\linewidth}|}
% answer & feedback \\\hline\hline
\fi
\firsthline% (\firsthline is from the array package.)
\cloze@multichoice@table@text%
\end{tabular}%
\par%
\or
%Case 1: vertical style
\par\noindent
\begin{itemize}\setlength\itemsep{0pt}\setlength\parskip{0pt}%
\cloze@multichoice@table@text%
\end{itemize}%
\par%
\else
%Case 2: horizontal radio buttons
\par{\cloze@multichoice@table@text}\par%
\fi
\def\endclozemulti@code{\relax}%
\fi
\passvalueaftergroup\endclozemulti@code%
\passvalueaftergroup\htmlize@afteraction@hook%
\egroup%
}[\endclozemulti@code]%
\long\def\moodle@print@clozemultichoice@answer#1{%
%\bgroup
\let\moodle@feedback=\@empty
\moodle@print@clozemultichoice@answer@int#1 \@rdelim%
%\egroup
}%
\newcommand\moodle@print@clozemultichoice@answer@int[1][]{%
\let\moodle@fraction\@empty%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@print@clozemultichoice@answer@int@int%
}%
\long\def\moodle@print@clozemultichoice@answer@int@int#1#2\@rdelim{%
\def\moodle@answertext{}%
% Case 0: "(answer) \\ \hline"
% Case 1: "\item (answer)"
% Case 2: "$\bullet~$(answer)\hfill"
\ifcase\moodle@multi@mode\relax
\relax% Case 0
\or
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{\item}% Case 1
\else
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{$\bullet~$}% Case 2
\fi
\def\test@i{#1}%
\ifx\test@i\@star
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=100}%
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{#2}%
\else
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{#1#2}%
\fi
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifmoodle@single%
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@empty\relax%
\ifdim0pt<\moodle@sanction pt\relax
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=-\moodle@sanction}%
\else
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=0}%
\fi
\fi
\moodle@checkclozefraction
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@hundred%
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext%
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{$~\checkmark$}%
\else
\ifdim0pt=\moodle@fraction pt\relax\else%
\xdef\moodle@answertext{\expandonce\moodle@answertext$~(\moodle@fraction\%)$}%
\fi
\fi
\else% multiple
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@empty\relax%
\ifmoodle@AdvancedScoreMode
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=0}%
\else
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=-\moodle@AutoScore}%
\fi
\else
\ifmoodle@AdvancedScoreMode
\moodle@checkclozefraction
\ifdim0pt<\moodle@fraction pt\relax
\moodle@autoscore@tmp=\moodle@PositiveScoreFactor\relax%
\multiply\moodle@autoscore@tmp by \moodle@fraction\relax%
\xdef\moodle@fraction{\strip@pt\moodle@autoscore@tmp}%
\fi
\else
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=\moodle@AutoScore}%
\fi
\fi
\xdef\moodle@answertext{\expandonce\moodle@answertext$~(\moodle@fraction\%)$}%
\fi
\fi
\ifcase\moodle@multi@mode\relax
% Case 0
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\xdef\moodle@answertext{\expandonce\moodle@answertext &\expandonce\emph{\expandonce\moodle@feedback}}%
\fi
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{\\\hline}
\or % Case 1
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
\xdef\moodle@answertext{\expandonce\moodle@answertext \moodle@preFeedback \expandonce\emph{$\rightarrow$ \expandonce\moodle@feedback}}%
\fi
\fi
\else % otherwise
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\relax\else
\xdef\moodle@answertext{\expandonce\moodle@answertext\,\expandonce\emph{$\rightarrow$ \expandonce\moodle@feedback}}%
\fi
\fi
\g@addto@macro\moodle@answertext{\hfill}% Case 2
\fi
\ifmoodle@handout
\def\temp{\InsertLastItem{answerlist}}%
\xa\temp\xa{\moodle@answertext}%
\else
\xdef\cloze@multichoice@table@text{\expandonce\cloze@multichoice@table@text\expandonce\moodle@answertext}%
\fi
}%
\long\def\saveclozemultichoiceanswer#1{%
\bgroup
\saveclozemultichoiceanswer@int#1 \moodle@answer@rdelim
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\saveclozemultichoiceanswer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=0,#1}%
\saveclozemultichoiceanswer@int@int%
}%
\long\def\saveclozemultichoiceanswer@int@int#1#2\moodle@answer@rdelim{%
\def\test@i{#1}%
\ifgatherbeginningofloop\else
\xa\gdef\xa\clozemulti@coding\xa{\clozemulti@coding\clozetilde}% separator between answers
\fi
\ifx\test@i\@star
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=100}%
\def\moodle@answertext{#2}%
\else
\def\moodle@answertext{#1#2}%
\fi
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@hundred
\g@addto@macro\clozemulti@coding{\clozecorrect}%
\else
\moodle@checkclozefraction
\ifdim0pt=\moodle@fraction pt\relax\else
\xdef\clozemulti@coding{\expandonce\clozemulti@coding\otherpercent\moodle@fraction\otherpercent}%
\fi
\fi
\xdef\clozemulti@coding{\expandonce\clozemulti@coding\expandonce\moodle@answertext}%
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\else
\xdef\clozemulti@coding{\expandonce\clozemulti@coding\otherbackslash\otherhash\expandonce\moodle@feedback}%
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Cloze Numerical Questions}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewEnviron{clozenumerical}[1][]{%
\bgroup
\expandafter\gatheritems\expandafter{\BODY}%
\let\moodle@questionheader=\gatheredheader
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@checkclozegrade
\ifhtmlizer@active
%HTML version
\def\moodle@clozenumerical@output{}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\moodle@clozenumerical@output\xa{\moodle@questionheader}%
\def\clozenumerical@coding{}%
\edef\clozenumerical@coding{\csname moodle@default grade\endcsname:NUMERICAL:}%
\bgroup
\setkeys{moodle}{feedback={}}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\saveclozenumericalanswer}%
\egroup
%\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\clozenumerical@coding\xa{\otherrbrace}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\moodle@clozenumerical@output\xa{\xa\clozelbrace\clozenumerical@coding\clozerbrace}%
\xa\gdef\xa\htmlize@afteraction@hook\xa{\moodle@clozenumerical@output}%
\def\endclozenumerical@code{\htmlize@patchendenvironment}%
\else
%LaTeX version
\global\advance\moodle@totalmarks by \csname moodle@default grade\endcsname pt
\moodle@questionheader% %Any introductory text just continues to be typeset.
\par
\noindent
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{numerical}
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\moodle@makelatextag@value{default grade}{marked out of}
\moodle@makelatextag@numerical
\par
\noindent
\def\cloze@numerical@table@text{}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@print@clozenumerical@answer}%
\begin{tabular}[t]{|p{.45\linewidth}|p{.45\linewidth}|}
\firsthline% (\firsthline is from the array package.)
% answer & feedback \\\hline\hline
\cloze@numerical@table@text%
\end{tabular}%
\par%
\fi
\def\endclozenumerical@code{\relax}%
\fi
\passvalueaftergroup\endclozenumerical@code%
\passvalueaftergroup\htmlize@afteraction@hook%
\egroup
}[\endclozenumerical@code]%
\def\moodle@print@clozenumerical@answer#1{%
\let\moodle@feedback=\@empty
\bgroup
\moodle@print@clozenumerical@answer@int#1\@rdelim
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\moodle@print@clozenumerical@answer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@print@clozenumerical@answer@int@int%
}%
\def\moodle@zero{0}%
\def\moodle@print@clozenumerical@answer@int@int#1\@rdelim{%
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@hundred
\def\moodle@clozenumericalprint@fraction{$~\checkmark$}%
\else
\moodle@checkclozefraction
\edef\moodle@clozenumericalprint@fraction{$(~\moodle@fraction\%)$}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@zero\moodle@tolerance%
\def\moodle@clozenumericalprint@tolerance{}%
\else
\edef\moodle@clozenumericalprint@tolerance{$\,\pm\,$\moodle@printnum{\expandonce\moodle@tolerance}}%
\fi
\gdef\test@i{#1}%
\trim@spaces@in\test@i
\ifx\test@i\@star
\xdef\moodle@clozenumericalprint@line{\expandonce\test@i~\moodle@clozenumericalprint@fraction & \expandonce\emph{\expandonce\moodle@feedback}}%
\else
\xdef\moodle@clozenumericalprint@line{\moodle@printnum{\expandonce\test@i}\expandonce\moodle@clozenumericalprint@tolerance~\moodle@clozenumericalprint@fraction & \expandonce\emph{\expandonce\moodle@feedback}}%
\fi
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\cloze@numerical@table@text\xa{\moodle@clozenumericalprint@line \\\hline}%
}%
\def\saveclozenumericalanswer#1{%
\bgroup
\saveclozenumericalanswer@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\saveclozenumericalanswer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=100,#1}% %%%%%% DEFAULT VALUE IS 100%
\saveclozenumericalanswer@int@int%
}%
\def\saveclozenumericalanswer@int@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim{%
\ifgatherbeginningofloop\else
\xa\gdef\xa\clozenumerical@coding\xa{\clozenumerical@coding\clozetilde}% separator between answers
\fi
\def\moodle@answertext{#1}%
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@hundred
\g@addto@macro\clozenumerical@coding{\clozecorrect}%
\else
\moodle@checkclozefraction
\ifdim0pt=\moodle@fraction pt\relax\else
\xdef\clozenumerical@coding{\expandonce\clozenumerical@coding\otherpercent\moodle@fraction\otherpercent}%
\fi
\fi
\ifx\moodle@answertext\@star
\xdef\clozenumerical@coding{\expandonce\clozenumerical@coding\moodle@answertext}%
\else
\xdef\clozenumerical@coding{\expandonce\clozenumerical@coding\moodle@answertext:\moodle@tolerance}%
\fi
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\else
%\trim@spaces@in\moodle@feedback
\xdef\clozenumerical@coding{\expandonce\clozenumerical@coding\otherbackslash\otherhash\expandonce\moodle@feedback}%
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Cloze Short Answer Questions}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewEnviron{clozeshortanswer}[1][]{%
\bgroup
\expandafter\gatheritems\expandafter{\BODY}%
\let\moodle@questionheader=\gatheredheader
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@checkclozegrade
\ifhtmlizer@active
%HTML version
\def\moodle@clozeshortanswer@output{}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\moodle@clozeshortanswer@output\xa{\moodle@questionheader}%
\def\clozeshortanswer@coding{}%
\ifmoodle@usecase
\edef\clozeshortanswer@coding{\csname moodle@default grade\endcsname:SHORTANSWER_C:}%
\else
\edef\clozeshortanswer@coding{\csname moodle@default grade\endcsname:SHORTANSWER:}%
\fi
\bgroup
\setkeys{moodle}{feedback={}}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\saveclozeshortansweranswer}%
\egroup
%\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\clozeshortanswer@coding\xa{\otherrbrace}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\moodle@clozeshortanswer@output\xa{\xa\clozelbrace\clozeshortanswer@coding\clozerbrace}%
\xa\gdef\xa\htmlize@afteraction@hook\xa{\moodle@clozeshortanswer@output}%
\def\endclozeshortanswer@code{\htmlize@patchendenvironment}%
\else
%LaTeX version
\global\advance\moodle@totalmarks by \csname moodle@default grade\endcsname pt
\moodle@questionheader% %Any introductory text just continues to be typeset.
\par
\noindent
\moodle@makelatextag@qtype{shortanswer}
\ifmoodle@handout\else
\moodle@makelatextag@value{default grade}{marked out of}
\moodle@makelatextag@shortanswer
\par
\noindent
\def\cloze@shortanswer@table@text{}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@print@clozeshortanswer@answer}%
\begin{tabular}[t]{|p{.45\linewidth}|p{.45\linewidth}|}
\firsthline% (\firsthline is from the array package.)
% answer & feedback \\\hline\hline
\cloze@shortanswer@table@text%
\end{tabular}%
\par%
\fi
\def\endclozeshortanswer@code{\relax}%
\fi
\passvalueaftergroup\endclozeshortanswer@code%
\passvalueaftergroup\htmlize@afteraction@hook%
\egroup
}[\endclozeshortanswer@code]%
\def\moodle@print@clozeshortanswer@answer#1{%
\let\moodle@feedback=\@empty
\bgroup
\moodle@print@clozeshortanswer@answer@int#1\@rdelim
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\moodle@print@clozeshortanswer@answer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{#1}%
\moodle@print@clozeshortanswer@answer@int@int%
}%
\def\moodle@print@clozeshortanswer@answer@int@int#1\@rdelim{%
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@hundred
\def\moodle@clozeshortanswerprint@fraction{$~\checkmark$}%
\else
\moodle@checkclozefraction
\edef\moodle@clozeshortanswerprint@fraction{$~(\moodle@fraction\%)$}%
\fi
\xdef\moodle@clozeshortanswerprint@line{#1~\moodle@clozeshortanswerprint@fraction & \expandonce\emph{\expandonce\moodle@feedback}}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\cloze@shortanswer@table@text\xa{\moodle@clozeshortanswerprint@line \\\hline}%
}%
\def\saveclozeshortansweranswer#1{%
\bgroup
\saveclozeshortansweranswer@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim
\egroup
}%
\newcommand\saveclozeshortansweranswer@int[1][]{%
\setkeys{moodle}{fraction=100,#1}% %%%%%% DEFAULT VALUE IS 100%
\saveclozeshortansweranswer@int@int%
}%
\def\saveclozeshortansweranswer@int@int#1\moodle@answer@rdelim{%
\ifgatherbeginningofloop\else
\xa\gdef\xa\clozeshortanswer@coding\xa{\clozeshortanswer@coding\clozetilde}% separator between answers
\fi
\def\moodle@answertext{#1}%
\trim@spaces@in\moodle@answertext
\ifx\moodle@fraction\@hundred
\g@addto@macro\clozeshortanswer@coding{\clozecorrect}%
\else
\moodle@checkclozefraction
\ifdim0pt=\moodle@fraction pt\relax\else
\xdef\clozeshortanswer@coding{\expandonce\clozeshortanswer@coding\otherpercent\moodle@fraction\otherpercent}%
\fi
\fi
\xdef\clozeshortanswer@coding{\expandonce\clozeshortanswer@coding\moodle@answertext}%
\ifx\moodle@feedback\@empty\else
\xdef\clozeshortanswer@coding{\expandonce\clozeshortanswer@coding\otherbackslash\otherhash\expandonce\moodle@feedback}%
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Converting \LaTeX\ to HTML}
% A lot of work must now be done to convert the \LaTeX\ code
% of a question or answer into \HTML\ code with embedded \TeX\ for math.
%
% \subsection{Catcode Setup}
% First, we create versions of the special characters with catcode 12, ``other.''
% \begin{macrocode}
{\catcode`\#=12\gdef\otherhash{#}%
\catcode`\~=12\gdef\othertilde{~}%
\catcode`\&=12\gdef\otherampersand{&}%
\catcode`\^=12\gdef\othercaret{^}%
\catcode`\$=12\gdef\otherdollar{$}%
\catcode`\%=12\gdef\otherpercent{%}
\catcode`\[=12\gdef\otherlbracket{[}
\catcode`\]=12\gdef\otherrbracket{]}}%
{\catcode`\=\string=12\gdef\otherequal{=}}%
{\catcode`\ =12\gdef\otherspace{ }}%
{\ttfamily\catcode`\|=0\catcode`\\=12\relax|gdef|otherbackslash{\}}%
{\catcode`\[=1\catcode`\]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12%
\gdef\otherlbrace[{]\gdef\otherrbrace[}]\gdef\clozelbrace[{]\gdef\clozerbrace[}]]%
\edef\@otherlbrace{\otherlbrace}%
\edef\@otherrbrace{\otherrbrace}%
\edef\@otherlbracket{\otherlbracket}%
\edef\@otherrbracket{\otherrbracket}%
\edef\@clozelbrace{\clozelbrace}%
\edef\@clozerbrace{\clozerbrace}%
\edef\@otherdollar{\otherdollar}%
\edef\@otherbackslash{\otherbackslash}%
\edef\@othertilde{\othertilde}%
\edef\@otherequal{\otherequal}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Next, we define commands to change catcodes to a suitable verbatim mode
% for transcription.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
{ \catcode`\[=1\relax
\catcode`\]=2\relax
\catcode`\|=0\relax
|gdef|verbcatcodesweirdest[
|catcode`\{=12|relax
|catcode`\}=12|relax
|catcode`\\=12|relax
]%
}%
\def\verbcatcodes{%
\catcode`\$=12\relax
\catcode`\&=12\relax
\catcode`\#=12\relax
\catcode`\^=12\relax
\catcode`\_=12\relax
\catcode`\~=12\relax
\makeatletter
\catcode`\%=12\relax
\catcode`\ =12\relax\catcode\newlinechar=12\verbcatcodesweirdest}%
\def\normalcatcodes{%
\catcode`\\=0\relax
\catcode`\{=1\relax
\catcode`\}=2\relax
\catcode`\$=3\relax
\catcode`\&=4\relax
\catcode\endlinechar=5\relax
\catcode`\#=6\relax
\catcode`\^=7\relax
\catcode`\_=8\relax
\catcode`\ =10\relax
\makeatletter% We will be detokenizing and retokenizing internal control sequences, so we need this.
\catcode`\~=13\relax
\catcode`\%=14\relax}%
\def\retokenizingcatcodes{%
%For rescanning previously scanned text, all true comments will already be gone,
%but % signs may have been inserted by Cloze questions, so we want to treat them as 'other.'
%
% TODO: #'s are more worrisome.
\normalcatcodes
\catcode`\%=12\relax
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Detokenization and Retokenization}
%
% We will be processing a \TeX\ token list.
% Based on its content, sometimes we will want it to be detokenized to
% individual characters, but other times we want it retokenized so that
% \TeX's own parsing mechanism can gather up the parameters of macros.
% We use the e\TeX\ primitive command |\scantokens| to do this.
%
% The following code (catcodes, groupings and all) defines a |\scantokens@to@macro| macro.
% That will assemble and disassemble strings of tokens
% using any changing schemes of catcodes we desire.
%
% We define |^^A| to be |\gdef\stm@saved|, while |^^B| and |^^C| are substitutes for |{| and |}|, respectively.
% This permits us to define |\scantokens@to@macro| in a peculiar catcode regime.
% \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^A=13\gdef^^A{\gdef\stm@saved}%
\catcode`\^^B=1\catcode`\^^C=2\relax
\long\gdef\scantokens@to@macro#1#2#3{%
% #1 = control sequence to be defined
% #2 = command to change catcodes, e.g. \verbcatcodes,
% and define any command sequences
% #3 = text to be retokenized and saved into #1.
\bgroup
\def\texttorescan{#3}%
\catcode`\^^A=13\catcode`\^^B=1\catcode`\^^C=2\relax
\xa\def\xa\arg\xa{\xa^^A\xa^^B\texttorescan^^C}%
#2%
\catcode\endlinechar=9\relax%
%\scantokens always sees an end-of-line character at its end and converts it to a space.
%The catcode change sets \scantokens to ignore end-of-line chars.
%In practice, we're always calling \scantokens on previously scanned text anyway,
%so we won't miss any real end-of-line chars, since they were already converted to spaces.
\xa\scantokens\xa{\arg}%
\egroup
\xa\def\xa#1\xa{\stm@saved}%
}%
\endgroup%
\long\def\ultradetokenize@to@macro#1#2{%
\scantokens@to@macro#1{\verbcatcodes}{#2}%
}%
\def\retokenizenormal@to@macro#1#2{%
\scantokens@to@macro#1{\retokenizingcatcodes}{#2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Level-Tracking}
%
% \subsubsection{TeX groups}
% While parsing, we'll need to keep track of how deeply nested in \TeX\ groups we are.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\grouplevel
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Math mode}
% While parsing, we'll need to keep track of whether
% we are in math mode (and how many levels deep the math mode might be nested).
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\moodle@mathmodedepth
\moodle@mathmodedepth=0\relax
\def\moodle@ifmathmode#1#2{%
\ifnum\moodle@mathmodedepth>0\relax
#1%
\else
#2%
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Nested Lists}
% While parsing, we'll need to keep track levels of nested list.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\moodle@listdepth
\moodle@listdepth=0\relax
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Separation}
%
% This code separates a string of tokens into two parts.
% Its parameters, |#1#2|, consist of tokenized text,
% plus one terminal |\@htmlize@stop|.
% We are trying to break up the text into its first group and the remainder.
% This |\@htmlize@stop| is needed in case |#2| has the form ``|{...}|'',
% since we don't want \TeX\ to strip the braces off.
% Thus |\@htmlize@remainder| will definitely end in ``|\@htmlize@stop|''.
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\htmlize@grabblock#1#2\htmlize@rdelim@ii{%
\long\def\htmlize@blockinbraces{#1}%
\long\def\htmlize@remainder{#2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The next line defines the macro |\@htmlize@stop@detokenized| to contain
% the string of tokens |\@htmlize@stop|, all of category code 12 (other) or 10 (letter).
% We'll need this for comparison purposes later.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ultradetokenize@to@macro\@htmlize@stop@detokenized{\@htmlize@stop}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The next line creates the macro |\htmlize@remove@stopcode|,
% which removes the characters ``|\@htmlize@stop |'' from the end of a
% detokenized sequence.
% Its syntax when called is simply |\htmlize@remove@stopcode |\meta{material},
% with no delimiters, since the ``|\@htmlize@stop |'' is itself the delimiter.
% \begin{macrocode}
\xa\def\xa\htmlize@remove@stopcode\xa#\xa1\@htmlize@stop@detokenized{#1}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Main Code: the HTMLizer}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifhtmlizer@active
\htmlizer@activefalse
\newif\ifhtmlize@actioncs
\newif\ifhtmlize@expandcs
\newif\ifhtmlize@passcs
\long\def\@@begin@cs{\begin}%
\def\@@htmlize@stop{\@htmlize@stop}%
\long\def\converttohtmlmacro#1#2{%
\grouplevel=0\relax
\def\htmlize@output{}%
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\gdef\htmlize@embeddedfiletags{}%
\fi
\htmlizer@activetrue%
\converttohtml@int{#2}%
\htmlizer@activefalse%
\let#1=\htmlize@output\relax
}
\long\def\converttohtml@int#1{%
\advance\grouplevel by 1\relax
\bgroup
\ultradetokenize@to@macro\htmlize@texttoscan{#1}%
\xa\htmlize@recursive@i\htmlize@texttoscan\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@rdelim@i%
\egroup
\advance\grouplevel by -1\relax
}%
\def\@lt{<}%
\def\@gt{>}%
\def\@dash{-}%
\def\@dq{"}%
\long\def\htmlize@recursive@i#1#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i{%
% #1#2#3 is a sequence of tokens. All should be categories 11 (letter) or 12 (other).
% It terminates with the control sequences \@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop.
%\long\def\ds{(#1|#2|#3)}\show\ds
\def\test@i{#1}%
\def\test@ii{#2}%
\ifx\test@i\@@htmlize@stop
\let\htmlize@next@i=\relax
\else
\ifx\test@i\@otherlbrace%
\ifx\test@ii\@otherrbrace%
\moodle@ifmathmode{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherlbrace\otherrbrace}}{}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{\otherlbrace}%
\bgroup
\normalcatcodes
%We need to rescan the input as TeX code,
% so TeX can automatically pull off the first group in braces.
% First, let's get rid of the terminal \@htmlize@stop codes.
{\def\@htmlize@stop{}\xdef\htmlize@scrap{#1#2#3}}%
\let\htmlize@text@to@rescan=\htmlize@scrap%
% Next, we retokenize the code.
\xa\retokenizenormal@to@macro\xa\htmlize@rescanned\xa{\htmlize@text@to@rescan}%
% Now break it up into two pieces.
\xa\htmlize@grabblock\htmlize@rescanned\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@rdelim@ii%
% The first piece, \htmlize@blockinbraces, will be passed as a unit to \converttohtml@int.
% The second part, \htmlize@remainder, will continue at this depth of grouping.
% Therefore we'll detokenize \htmlize@remainder here.
\xa\ultradetokenize@to@macro\xa\htmlize@remainder@detokenized\xa{\htmlize@remainder}%
\edef\htmlize@remainder@detokenized{\xa\htmlize@remove@stopcode\htmlize@remainder@detokenized}%
%
% Now build \htmlize@next@i.
% When done, should look like
% \converttohtml@int{\htmlize@blockinbraces}%
% \g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherrbrace}%
% \htmlize@recursive@i\htmlize@remainder@detokenized\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@rdelim@i%
% but with all three arguments expanded.
% Note that we are running
\gdef\htmlize@scrap{\converttohtml@int}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@scrap\xa{\xa{\htmlize@blockinbraces}}%
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@scrap{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output}%
\ifmoodle@clozemode
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@scrap\xa{\xa{\otherbackslash\otherrbrace}}%
% \moodle@ifmathmode{\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@scrap\xa{\xa{\otherbackslash}}}%
% {}%
\else
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@scrap\xa{\xa{\otherrbrace}}%
\fi
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@scrap{\htmlize@recursive@i}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@scrap\xa{\htmlize@remainder@detokenized\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
% Okay, that's done. It's stored in a global macro.
% Now we get it out of this group.
\egroup
\let\htmlize@next@i=\htmlize@scrap
\fi
\else
\ifx\test@i\@otherdollar%
% Math shift character.
\ifx\test@ii\@otherdollar
% Double dollar sign, so we're entering display math mode.
% We grab everything between $$...$$, sanitize it, and add it verbatim to
% our output.
\htmlize@displaymathshift@replace#1#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@iii%
\else
% Single dollar sign, so we're entering inline math mode.
% We grab everything between $...$, sanitize it, and add it verbatim to
% our output.
\htmlize@inlinemathshift@replace#1#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@iii%
\fi% \ifx\test@ii\@otherdollar
% Now we resume work.
% The \htmlize@xxxxxxmathshift@replace macro stored the remaining text in \htmlize@remaining@text.
% Note that since we never detokenized and retokenized #1#2#3,
% \htmlize@remaining@text still includes the terminating \@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop.
\def\htmlize@next@i{\xa\htmlize@recursive@i\htmlize@remaining@text\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
\ifx\test@i\@otherbackslash%
% Control sequence. Oh boy.
% There are three possible things to do:
% 1. Retokenize everything, so we get a token list.
% Expand this control sequence, the first one in the list,
% to obtain a new token list. Then resume processing that list.
% Examples: \def\emph#1{#1}, \def\rec#1{\frac{1}{#1}}, \def\inv{^{-1}}
% \& --> & \# --> #; etc.
% Environments: \begin{center}...\end{center} -->
...
% 2. Retokenize everything, so we get a token list.
% Let this first command (with its parameters) ACT.
% This may involve work in TeX's stomach (e.g., with counters)
% or with external files (e.g., image processing).
% The command may directly add material to \htmlize@output,
% but it should not typeset anything and should vanish from the
% input stream when it is done.
% When it's done, we somehow need to detokenize and resume
% processing the remainder of the input stream.
% Only commands explicitly crafted (or modified) to work
% with moodle.sty can possibly do all this!
% Examples: (modified) \includegraphics
% Environments: \begin{clozemulti}, \begin{enumerate}
% 3. Ignore that it's a command. Pass it right on as a character
% sequence to \htmlize@output.
% Examples: \alpha, \frac
% Environments: \begin{array}
%
% #2 is only for items on a specific list.
% #1 is anything that runs in TeX's mouth.
% We could keep a list and give users a way to add to it.
% I could also try expanding macros, using \ifcsmacro from etoolbox.sty
%
% The first step is to figure out what control sequence we're dealing with.
% First, let's get rid of the terminal \@htmlize@stop codes.
{\def\@htmlize@stop{}\xdef\htmlize@scrap{#1#2#3}}%
\let\htmlize@text@to@rescan=\htmlize@scrap%
% Next, we retokenize the code.
\xa\retokenizenormal@to@macro\xa\htmlize@rescanned\xa{\htmlize@text@to@rescan}%
% Now break it up into two pieces.
\xa\htmlize@grabblock\htmlize@rescanned\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@rdelim@ii%
\let\@htmlize@cs\htmlize@blockinbraces%
\edef\htmlize@cs@string{\xa\string\@htmlize@cs}%
% The first piece, \htmlize@blockinbraces, will contain the single token in \@htmlize@cs.
% We'll need to keep the second part, \htmlize@remainder, since it probably
% contains arguments to the cs in \@htmlize@cs.
%\edef\ds{Encountered '\xa\string\@htmlize@cs'}\show\ds
%
% N.B. that \@htmlize@cs is a macro *containing* a single control sequence.
% This is good for testing with \ifx.
% \htmlize@cs@string contains the cs as a string, e.g., the characters "\emph".
%
\ifx\@htmlize@cs\@@begin@cs
%This is a \begin. Begin environment-handling routine.
%
% Grab the first {...} from \htmlize@remainder, which is the argument
% to \begin.
\xa\htmlize@grabblock\htmlize@remainder\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@rdelim@ii%
\let\htmlize@envname=\htmlize@blockinbraces%
%We do not need the rest, so we won't pay any attention to the new
%content of \htmlize@remainder.
%
%Now environments are non-expandable,
%so there are only two possibilities: action or pass.
\xa\ifinlist\xa{\htmlize@envname}{\htmlize@env@actionlist}%
{% Action environment!
%\bgroup
%\def\ds{Encountered active environment \string\begin\{{\htmlize@envname}\}}\show\ds
\def\htmlize@next@i{\xa\htmlize@do@actionenv\htmlize@rescanned\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@actionsequence@rdelim}%
%The \bgroup is to active the environments.
%The matching \egroup is found in \htmlize@do@actionenv.
}{%An environment to pass to the HTML
%We just pass the backslash from "\begin" and move on.
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{#1}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
}%
\else%
%This is not an environment. Begin macro-handling routine.
\htmlize@actioncsfalse
\htmlize@expandcsfalse
\htmlize@passcsfalse
\xa\ifinlist\xa{\htmlize@cs@string}{\htmlize@cs@actionlist}%
{%Action sequence!
\htmlize@actioncstrue}%
{% Not action sequence!
\xa\ifinlist\xa{\htmlize@cs@string}{\htmlize@cs@expandlist}%
{%CS to be expanded!
\htmlize@expandcstrue%
}%
{%CS to be transcribed to XML
\htmlize@passcstrue%
}%
}%
%Now exactly one of \ifhtmlize@actioncs, \ifhtmlize@expandcs, and \ifhtmlize@passcs is true.
\ifhtmlize@actioncs
% It's an action-sequence.
%\edef\ds{Must let \xa\string\@htmlize@cs\ act!}\show\ds
%\show\htmlize@rescanned
\def\htmlize@next@i{\xa\htmlize@do@actioncs\htmlize@rescanned\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@actionsequence@rdelim}%
%\show\htmlize@rescanned
% Note that \htmlize@do@actioncs should patch the command to have it
% restart the scanning in time.
\else
\ifhtmlize@expandcs
% control sequence to be expanded
%\edef\ds{Must expand \xa\string\@htmlize@cs}\show\ds
\bgroup
\htmlize@redefine@expansionmacros
%The \expandafters first expand \htmlize@rescanned,
%and then expand its first token just once.
\xa\xa\xa\gdef\xa\xa\xa\htmlize@scrap\xa\xa\xa{\htmlize@rescanned}%
\egroup
\xa\ultradetokenize@to@macro\xa\htmlize@remaining@text\xa{\htmlize@scrap}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\xa\htmlize@recursive@i\htmlize@remaining@text\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
% control sequence to be transcribed to \XML.
%\edef\ds{Must pass on \xa\string\@htmlize@cs}\show\ds
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{#1}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\fi% \ifhtmlize@expandcs
\fi% \ifhtmlize@actioncs
\fi% \ifx\@htmlize@cs\@@begin@cs
\else%
\ifx\test@i\@othertilde%
% The ~ becomes non-breaking space outside of math mode
\moodle@ifmathmode{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\@othertilde}}%
{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand nbsp;}}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
\ifx\test@i\@lsinglequote%
\ifx\test@ii\@lsinglequote%
% Double left quote
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand ldquo;}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand lsquo;}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\fi% \ifx\test@ii\@lsinglequote%
\else
\ifx\test@i\@rsinglequote%
\ifx\test@ii\@rsinglequote% Double right quote
%AAedit 2021.01.06: in math mode, you should write 2 single right quotes, for second derivatives
\moodle@ifmathmode{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{''}}%
{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand rdquo;}}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else% Single right quote
\moodle@ifmathmode{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{'}}%
{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand rsquo;}}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\fi% \ifx\test@ii\@rsinglequote%
\else
\ifx\test@i\@doublequote
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand quot;}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
\ifx\test@i\@lt
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand lt;}
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
\ifx\test@i\@gt
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand gt;}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
\ifx\test@i\@dash
\ifx\test@ii\@dash% en-dash (--)
\moodle@ifmathmode{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{--}}%
{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand ndash;}}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{-}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\fi
\else
\ifx\test@i\@otherequal
\ifmoodle@clozemode
\moodle@ifmathmode{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{=}}%
{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand\otherhash 61;}}%
\else
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{=}%
\fi
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
% Default case: write first token to output, call self on remaining tokens.
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{#1}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\htmlize@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@otherequal
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@dash
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@gt
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@lt
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@doublequote
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@rsinglequote%
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@lsinglequote%
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@othertilde%
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@otherbackslash%
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@otherdollar%
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@otherlbrace%
\fi% \ifx\test@i\@@htmlize@stop
\htmlize@next@i
}%
\def\@lsinglequote{`}%
\def\@rsinglequote{'}%
\def\@doublequote{"}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Math Mode handling}
%
% In the following, note that the |\|\meta{*}|mathrightdelim|'s gobble an argument.
% This is so ``|$a$ is...|" can turn into
% ``\ldots |a\|\meta{*}|mathrightdelim{} is...|"
% and preserve a trailing space.
% \begin{macrocode}
\edef\inlinemathleftdelim{\otherbackslash(}%
\def\inlinemathrightdelim#1{\advancemathmodecounter{-1}%
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherbackslash)}}%
\edef\displaymathleftdelim{
}}%
\long\def\htmlize@inlinemath@recursive@i#1#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i{%
% inspired by \htmlize@recursive@i
\def\test@i{#1}%
\ifx\test@i\@@htmlize@stop
\let\htmlize@next@i=\relax
\else
\ifx\test@i\@otherbackslash
\g@addto@macro\mathtext{#1#2}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\xa\htmlize@inlinemath@recursive@i#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\else
\ifx\test@i\@otherdollar
\let\htmlize@next@i=\relax
\g@addto@macro\aftertext{#2#3}%
\else
\g@addto@macro\mathtext{#1}%
\def\htmlize@next@i{\xa\htmlize@inlinemath@recursive@i#2#3\htmlize@rdelim@i}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
\htmlize@next@i
}
{\catcode`\$=12\relax%
\gdef\htmlize@inlinemathshift@replace#1#2\htmlize@rdelim@iii{%
%\def\ds{inline math shift has '#1' and '#2'}\show\ds
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{\inlinemathleftdelim}%
\advancemathmodecounter{1}%
\gdef\mathtext{}%
\gdef\aftertext{}%
\htmlize@inlinemath@recursive@i#2\htmlize@rdelim@i%
\xdef\htmlize@remaining@text{\expandonce\mathtext%
\otherbackslash inlinemathrightdelim{}%
\expandonce\aftertext}%
%\show\htmlize@remaining@text
}%
\gdef\htmlize@displaymathshift@replace$$#1$$#2\htmlize@rdelim@iii{%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{\displaymathleftdelim}%
\advancemathmodecounter{1}%
\def\mathtext{#1}%
\def\aftertext{#2}%
\xdef\htmlize@remaining@text{\expandonce\mathtext%
\otherbackslash displaymathrightdelim{}%
\expandonce\aftertext}%
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Engines for Control Sequences}
%
% There are three kinds of control sequences that need special handling:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Action environments
% \item Action command sequences
% \item Expansion macros
% \end{enumerate}
%
% \subsubsection{Engine for running action environments}
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\htmlize@do@actionenv#1#2\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@actionsequence@rdelim{%
\bgroup %The corresponding \egroup is given in \htmlize@proceedwiththerest,
%to localize the changes to the environment definitions.
\htmlize@activate@environments
\gdef\htmlize@afteraction@hook{}%
#1#2\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@actionsequence@rdelim%
}
\def\htmlize@patchendenvironment{\swaptotrueendenvironment{\xa\htmlize@proceedwiththerest\htmlize@afteraction@hook}}%
\def\swaptotrueendenvironment#1#2\if@ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi{#2\if@ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi#1}%
\long\def\htmlize@record@environment#1{%
\listadd{\htmlize@env@actionlist}{#1}%
}
\long\def\html@newenvironment#1#2{%
\listadd{\htmlize@env@actionlist}{#1}%
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@activate@environments{%
\xa\let\csname #1\endcsname\relax%
\xa\let\csname end#1\endcsname\relax%
\NewEnviron{#1}{%
#2%
}[\htmlize@patchendenvironment]%
}%
}
\def\htmlize@activate@environments{}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Engine for running action command sequences}
%
% The following automatically adds the ``engine'' to do the command
% and then resume processing the \LaTeX\ into \HTML.
% It uses the |xpatch| package, which says it works with anything
% defined using |\newcommand| etc. and |\newenvironment| etc.
% \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\htmlize@afteraction@hook{}%
\long\def\htmlize@do@actioncs#1#2\htmlize@actionsequence@rdelim{%
% #1#2 contains the current string to be rendered into HTML;
% N.B. it has been tokenized at this point,
% so TeX can process it directly.
% #1 = the command sequence we need to execute
% #2 = the rest of the string
%
% First, we patch the desired command so that, when it is over,
% it calls \htmlize@proceedwiththerest.
% We do this within the group, so as not to permanently change the command.
\bgroup
% The matching \egroup is issued in \htmlize@proceedwiththerest,
% so that the changes made by \htmlize@activate@css are localized to just the command itself.
\gdef\htmlize@afteraction@hook{}%
\htmlize@activate@css%
\def\test@i{#1}%
\ifx\test@i\@relax
\def#1{\xa\htmlize@proceedwiththerest\htmlize@afteraction@hook}%
\else
\xapptocmd#1{\xa\htmlize@proceedwiththerest\htmlize@afteraction@hook}{}{\PackageError{Could not patch the command \string#1!}}%
\fi
% Now we call that patched command.
#1#2\htmlize@actionsequence@rdelim%
%The matching \egroup now is built into the command #1.
}
\long\def\htmlize@proceedwiththerest#1\htmlize@actionsequence@rdelim{%
% The action cs has done its work.
% Now we gather up the remaining tokens, detokenize them,
% remove the \@htmlize@stop, and get back to work transcribing it.
\egroup %This \egroup matches the \bgroup that was issued either in \htmlize@do@actioncs or in \htmlize@do@actionenv
\ultradetokenize@to@macro\htmlize@remainder@detokenized{#1}%
%This will contain an extra \@htmlize@stop, so we remove it.
\xa\xa\xa\def\xa\xa\xa\htmlize@remainder@detokenized\xa\xa\xa{\xa\htmlize@remove@stopcode\htmlize@remainder@detokenized}%
%Now we get back to work transcribing the remainder.
\xa\htmlize@recursive@i\htmlize@remainder@detokenized\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\@htmlize@stop\htmlize@rdelim@i%
}
\long\def\htmlize@record@action#1{%
\xa\listadd\xa\htmlize@cs@actionlist\xa{\string#1}%
}
\def\htmlize@activate@css{}%
\long\def\html@action@def#1{%
\htmlize@record@action{#1}%
\xa\def\xa\htmlize@scrap\xa{\xa\let\xa#1\csname html@\string#1\endcsname}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@activate@css\xa{\htmlize@scrap}%
\xa\def\csname html@\string#1\endcsname% %And this \def\html@\oldcsname is follows by the remainder of the definition.
}
\def\html@action@newcommand#1[#2][#3]#4{%
%\message{>>> Defining #1[#2][#3]{...} ^^J}
\ifmoodle@draftmode
\else
\xa\html@action@def\csname #1\endcsname{\csname moodle@#1@int\endcsname}%
\fi
% Note that \htmlize@do@actioncs will 'patch' this by putting
% '\xa\htmlize@proceedwiththerest\htmlize@afteraction@hook'
% at the end. We want those 3 tokens to occur instead after
% the graphics filename.
\xa\csdef{moodle@#1@int}##1##2##3{\csname moodle@#1@int@int\endcsname}%
% This gobbles up those three spurious tokens,
% which we will re-insert after our work is done.
\xa\newcommand\csname moodle@#1@int@int\endcsname[#2][#3]{%
#4%
% Now we re-insert the code to get the HTMLizing going again.
\xa\htmlize@proceedwiththerest\htmlize@afteraction@hook
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Engine for expansion control sequences}
%
% Calling |\htmlize@redefine@expansionmacros| will redefine
% the macros for us. It starts out empty.
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\htmlize@redefine@expansionmacros{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% If |\mymacro| needs no changes to be suited for expansion,
% you can simply call |\htmlize@record@expand{\mymacro}|
% or |\htmlregister{\mymacro}|
% to record that it should be expanded on its way to the \HTML.
% Examples would be user-built macros such as |\inv|$\to$|^{-1}|
% or |\N|$\to$|\mathbb{N}|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\htmlize@record@expand#1{%
\xa\listadd\xa\htmlize@cs@expandlist\xa{\string#1}%
}
\let\htmlregister=\htmlize@record@expand
% \end{macrocode}
% Often users define a list of macros at the end of the preamble.
% It can be cumbersome to record individually these macros for expansion.
% By calling |\moodleregisternewcommands| they trigger the automatic
% expansion of macros defined subsequently using |\newcommand|,
% |\renewcommand|, |\providecommand| or their starred variants.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\moodleregisternewcommands{%
%% INSPIRED FROM
%https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/73271/how-to-redefine-or-patch-the-newcommand-command
\newcommand*{\saved@ifdefinable}{}
\let\saved@ifdefinable\@ifdefinable
\renewcommand{\@ifdefinable}[2]{%
\saved@ifdefinable{##1}{##2}%
\htmlregister{##1}
}%
\let\@@ifdefinable\@ifdefinable
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% On the other hand, if an alternate version of the macro is
% needed for \HTML\ purposes, you can define its \HTML\ version with
% |\html@def\mymacro...|
% Parameters are okay.
% An example would be
% |\html@def\emph#1{#1}|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\html@def#1{%
\htmlize@record@expand{#1}%
\xa\def\xa\htmlize@scrap\xa{\xa\let\xa#1\csname html@\string#1\endcsname}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@redefine@expansionmacros\xa{\htmlize@scrap}%
\xa\def\csname html@\string#1\endcsname%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% Note that when |\html@def| expands out, it ends with |\def\html@\oldcsname|
% which abuts directly on the remainder of the definition.
%
% \subsection{Specific Control Sequences for Action and Expansion}
%
% Now that we have that machinery in place,
% we define specific environments, action control sequences, and macros to
% expand to accomplish our purposes.
%
% \subsubsection{Action Environments}
% \begin{macrocode}
\htmlize@record@environment{clozemulti}
\htmlize@record@environment{multi}
\htmlize@record@environment{clozenumerical}
\htmlize@record@environment{numerical}
\htmlize@record@environment{clozeshortanswer}
\htmlize@record@environment{shortanswer}
\html@newenvironment{center}{\xdef\htmlize@afteraction@hook{\noexpand\HTMLtag{CENTER}\expandonce\BODY\noexpand\HTMLtag{/CENTER}}}%
\html@newenvironment{quote}{\xdef\htmlize@afteraction@hook{\noexpand\HTMLtag{BLOCKQUOTE}\expandonce\BODY\noexpand\HTMLtag{/BLOCKQUOTE}}}%
\html@newenvironment{quotation}{\xdef\htmlize@afteraction@hook{\noexpand\HTMLtag{BLOCKQUOTE}\expandonce\BODY\noexpand\HTMLtag{/BLOCKQUOTE}}}%
\def\moodle@save@getitems@state{%
\global\xa\xdef\csname moodle@currentitemnumber@level@\the\moodle@listdepth\xa\endcsname\xa{\thecurrentitemnumber}%
\global\xa\xdef\csname moodle@numgathereditems@level@\the\moodle@listdepth\xa\endcsname\xa{\thenumgathereditems}%
\moodle@saveitems{\thenumgathereditems}%
}%
\def\moodle@restore@getitems@state{%
\setcounter{numgathereditems}{\csname moodle@numgathereditems@level@\the\moodle@listdepth\endcsname}%
\setcounter{currentitemnumber}{\csname moodle@currentitemnumber@level@\the\moodle@listdepth\endcsname}%
\moodle@restoreitems{\thenumgathereditems}%
}%
\def\moodle@saveitems#1{%
\ifnum#1>0\relax
\global\csletcs{moodle@level@\the\moodle@listdepth @item@#1}{getitems@item@#1}%
\xa\moodle@saveitems\xa{\number\numexpr#1-1\expandafter}%
\fi
}%
\def\moodle@restoreitems#1{%
\ifnum#1>0\relax
\global\csletcs{getitems@item@#1}{moodle@level@\the\moodle@listdepth @item@#1}%
\global\xa\let\csname moodle@level@\the\moodle@listdepth @item@#1\endcsname=\@undefined
\xa\moodle@restoreitems\xa{\number\numexpr#1-1\expandafter}%
\fi
}%
\def\moodle@makelistenv#1#2{%
\html@newenvironment{#1}{%
\advance\moodle@listdepth by 1\relax
\moodle@save@getitems@state%
\xa\gatheritems\xa{\BODY}%
\gdef\htmlize@afteraction@hook{\HTMLtag{#2}}%
\loopthroughitemswithcommand{\moodle@itemtoLI}%
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@afteraction@hook{\HTMLtag{/#2}}%
\moodle@restore@getitems@state%
\advance\moodle@listdepth by -1\relax
}%
}%
\moodle@makelistenv{enumerate}{OL}%
\moodle@makelistenv{itemize}{UL}%
\def\moodle@itemtoLI#1{%
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@afteraction@hook{\HTMLtag{LI}#1}%
\trim@spaces@in\htmlize@afteraction@hook%
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@afteraction@hook{\HTMLtag{/LI}}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Action Control Sequences}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\advancemathmodecounter#1{%
\global\advance\moodle@mathmodedepth by #1\relax
}
\def\openclozemode{%
\global\moodle@clozemodetrue\relax
}
\def\endclozemode{%
\global\moodle@clozemodefalse\relax
}
\htmlize@record@action{\advancemathmodecounter}%
\htmlize@record@action{\openclozemode}%
\htmlize@record@action{\endclozemode}%
\htmlize@record@action{\relax}%
\html@action@def\HTMLtag#1{%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{<#1>}%
}%
\html@action@def\%{%
\moodle@ifmathmode{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherbackslash\otherpercent}}%
{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherpercent}}%
}%
\html@action@def\#{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherhash}}%
\html@action@def\&{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherampersand}}%
\html@action@def\\{%
\moodle@ifmathmode{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherbackslash\otherbackslash}}%
{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{ }}
}%
\html@action@def\{{%
\moodle@ifmathmode{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherbackslash\otherlbrace}}%
{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherlbrace}}%
}%
\html@action@def\}{%
\moodle@ifmathmode{\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherbackslash\otherrbrace}}%
{\ifmoodle@clozemode\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherbackslash\otherrbrace}%
\else\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{\otherrbrace}\fi}%
}%
\html@action@def\[{%
\advancemathmodecounter{1}
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{
| would bring trouble in the \HTML\ code. Examples:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item fields of cloze subquestions
% \item inside environments like |center|, |itemize|, or |enumerate|.
% \end{itemize}
% \begin{macrocode}
\html@def\space{ }%
\html@def\textvisiblespace{\␣}%
\html@def\newline{\HTMLtag{BR/}}%
\html@def\par{\HTMLtag{BR/}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Sixth, \LaTeX\ commands for various symbols.
% \begin{macrocode}
\html@def\textbackslash{\&\#92;}%
\html@def\_{\&\#95;}%
\html@def\textquestiondown{\¿}%
\html@def\textexclamdown{\¡}%
\html@def\euro{\€}%
\html@def\texteuro{\€}%
\html@def\S{\§}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Seventh, \LaTeX\ commands for various quotation marks.
% \begin{macrocode}
\html@def\textquoteleft{\‘}%
\html@def\textquoteright{\’}%
\html@def\textquotedblleft{\“}%
\html@def\textquotedblright{\”}%
\html@def\guilsinglleft{\‹}%
\html@def\guilsinglright{\›}%
\html@def\guillemotleft{\«}%
\html@def\guillemotright{\»}%
\html@def\quotesinglbase{\‚}%
\html@def\quotedblbase{\„}%
\html@def\flq{\‹}%
\html@def\frq{\›}%
\html@def\flqq{\«}%
\html@def\frqq{\»}%
\html@def\og{\«\&\#8239;}%
\html@def\fg{\&\#8239;\»}%
\html@def\glq{\‚}%
\html@def\grq{\‘}%
\html@def\glqq{\„}%
\html@def\grqq{\“}%
\html@def\dq{\"}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Passing Code to \XML\ Only}
% Users may want to include pieces of \HTML\ code to the \XML\ file only.
% When producing the traditional output, the optional argument, empty
% by default, is used.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\htmlonly[2][]{#1}%
% \end{macrocode}
% When producing the \XML\ file, the mandatory argument is passed as-is.
% \begin{macrocode}
\html@action@newcommand{htmlonly}[2][]{%
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@output{#2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Graphics via {\ttfamily\string\includegraphics}}
%
% \subsubsection{Finding Media Files}
% The following code is adapted from the command |\Ginclude@graphics| as
% found in \filenm{graphics.sty}.
% Calling |\moodle@media@find|\marg{filename} looks for the file the
% same way |\includegraphics| does, with or without extension provided,
% in the current folder and in folders specified with |\graphicspath{}|.
% The allowed extensions and their relative priorities can be set
% via |\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{}|.
% The outcome is that the macros |\moodle@media@base| and |\moodle@media@ext|
% are set with the basename, including path, and extension, respectively.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndPreamble{%
\@ifpackageloaded{graphics}{%
\@ifpackagelater{graphics}{2019/10/08 v1.3c}{}%
{\PackageError{moodle}{`moodle' is made to interact with the `graphics'\MessageBreak
package not older than 2019/10/08.}\@eha\endinput}%
}{}%
}%
\def\moodle@media@find#1{%
\ifx\detokenize\@undefined\else
\edef\Gin@extensions{\detokenize\expandafter{\Gin@extensions}}%
\fi
\begingroup
\let\input@path\Ginput@path
\set@curr@file{#1}%
\expandafter\filename@parse\expandafter{\@curr@file}%
\ifx\filename@ext\Gin@gzext
\expandafter\filename@parse\expandafter{\filename@base}%
\ifx\filename@ext\relax
\let\filename@ext\Gin@gzext
\else
\edef\Gin@ext{\Gin@ext\Gin@sepdefault\Gin@gzext}%
\fi
\fi
\ifx\filename@ext\relax
\@for\Gin@temp:=\Gin@extensions\do{%
\ifx\Gin@ext\relax
\Gin@getbase\Gin@temp
\fi}%
\else
\Gin@getbase{\Gin@sepdefault\filename@ext}%
\ifnum0%
\ifx\Gin@ext\relax 1%
\else \@ifundefined{Gin@rule@\Gin@ext}{1}{0}%
\fi >0
\let\Gin@ext\relax
\let\Gin@savedbase\filename@base
\let\Gin@savedext\filename@ext
\edef\filename@base{\filename@base\Gin@sepdefault\filename@ext}%
\let\filename@ext\relax
\@for\Gin@temp:=\Gin@extensions\do{%
\ifx\Gin@ext\relax
\Gin@getbase\Gin@temp
\fi}%
\ifx\Gin@ext\relax
\let\filename@base\Gin@savedbase
\let\filename@ext\Gin@savedext
\fi
\fi
\ifx\Gin@ext\relax
\@warning{File `#1' not found}%
\def\Gin@base{\filename@area\filename@base}%
\edef\Gin@ext{\Gin@sepdefault\filename@ext}%
\fi
\fi
\ifx\Gin@ext\relax
\@latex@error{File `#1' not found}%
{I could not locate the file with any of these extensions:^^J%
\Gin@extensions^^J\@ehc}%
\else
% begin modified part
\xdef\moodle@media@base{\detokenize\xa{\Gin@base}}%
\xdef\moodle@media@ext{\detokenize\xa{\Gin@ext}}%
% end modified part
\fi
\endgroup
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%See
% * https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/Media/Formats/Image_types
% * https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/Media/Formats/Containers
\def\moodle@media@formats{}
\newcommand{\DeclareMediaFormat}[3]{%
\xdef\moodle@media@formats{\ifx\moodle@media@formats\empty\else\moodle@media@formats,\fi#1}%
\csgdef{moodle@media@#1list}{#2}%
\csgdef{moodle@media@#1mime}{#3}%
}%
% Image Formats
\DeclareMediaFormat{PNG}{.png,.PNG}{image/png}%
\DeclareMediaFormat{JPEG}{.jpg,.JPG,.jpeg,.JPEG}{image/jpeg}%
\DeclareMediaFormat{SVG}{.svg,.SVG}{image/svg+xml}%
\DeclareMediaFormat{GIF}{.gif}{image/gif}%
% Audio Formats
\DeclareMediaFormat{WAV}{.wav,.WAV}{audio/wave}%
\DeclareMediaFormat{MP3}{.mp3,.MP3}{audio/mpeg}%
\DeclareMediaFormat{OGG}{.ogg,.opus,.og&}{audio/ogg}%
%\DeclareMediaFormat{FLAC}{.flac,.FLAC}{audio/flac}%
% Video Formats
\DeclareMediaFormat{WEBM}{.webm,.webm}{video/webm}%
\DeclareMediaFormat{MP4}{.mp4,.MP4,.m4v,.M4V}{video/mp4}%
\DeclareMediaFormat{OGV}{.ogv,.OGV}{video/ogg}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\moodle@media@mime@identify#1{%
\edef\test@i{\detokenize\xa{#1}}%
\let\moodle@media@mime@current\relax
\edef\moodle@media@formats{\detokenize\xa{\moodle@media@formats}}%
\@for\@format:=\moodle@media@formats\do{%
\edef\@templist{\csname moodle@media@\@format list\endcsname}%
\@for\@ext:=\@templist\do{%
\ifx\moodle@media@mime@current\relax
\edef\@ext{\detokenize\xa{\@ext}}%
\ifx\test@i\@ext
\message{<>^^J}%
\xdef\moodle@media@mime@current{\csname moodle@media@\@format mime\endcsname}%
\xdef\moodle@media@ext@current{#1}%
\fi
\fi
}%
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{External program command lines}
% We first set up commands for the external programs.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\htmlize@setexecutable#1{%
% Defines macro #1 to be #2 in a verbatim mode suitable for filenames
\def\htmlize@executable@macro{#1}%
\bgroup\catcode`\|=0\catcode`\\=12\relax%
\htmlize@setexecutable@int
}
\def\htmlize@setexecutable@int#1{%
\egroup
\expandafter\def\htmlize@executable@macro{#1}%
}
\def\ghostscriptcommand{\htmlize@setexecutable\gs}%
\def\baselxivcommand{\htmlize@setexecutable\baselxiv}%
\def\imagemagickcommand{\htmlize@setexecutable\htmlize@imagemagick@convert}%
\def\optipngcommand{\htmlize@setexecutable\optipng}%
\def\PDFtoSVGcommand{\htmlize@setexecutable\PDFtoSVG}%
\def\SVGtoPDFcommand{\htmlize@setexecutable\SVGtoPDF}%
\def\optiSVGcommand{\htmlize@setexecutable\optiSVG}%
\def\DeleteFilecommand{\htmlize@setexecutable\DeleteFiles}%
\def\MoveFilecommand{\htmlize@setexecutable\MoveFiles}%
\def\DevNullcommand{\htmlize@setexecutable\DevNull}%
\ifwindows%
\ghostscriptcommand{gswin64c.exe -dBATCH -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE=pngalpha}%
\baselxivcommand{certutil}%
% Uses scour from inkscape default installation
% The \Inkscape\bin directory has to be in the users path and provides both:
% {inkscape,python}.exe the scour-Package which is found by python in Inkscape\lib\python3.x\site-packages\
\optiSVGcommand{python -m scour.scour -q --enable-id-stripping --enable-comment-stripping
--shorten-ids --indent=none --remove-descriptive-elements}%
\DeleteFilecommand{del}%
\MoveFilecommand{move}%
\DevNullcommand{NUL}%
\imagemagickcommand{magick -colorspace RGB}%
\else%
\ghostscriptcommand{gs -dBATCH -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE=pngalpha}%
\baselxivcommand{base64}%
\optiSVGcommand{scour -q --enable-id-stripping --enable-comment-stripping
--shorten-ids --indent=none --remove-descriptive-elements}%
\DeleteFilecommand{rm -f}%
\MoveFilecommand{mv}%
\DevNullcommand{/dev/null}%
\imagemagickcommand{convert -colorspace RGB}%
\fi%
\optipngcommand{optipng -clobber -strip all -quiet}%
\PDFtoSVGcommand{inkscape --export-type=svg --export-area-page --vacuum-defs}%--pdf-poppler
% remove the "--pdf-poppler" import option if you want to preserve text (avoid conversion to path)
\SVGtoPDFcommand{inkscape --export-type=pdf --export-area-page}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Conversion and inclusion of non-native formats}
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndPreamble{%
\@ifpackageloaded{graphics}{%
\def\@firstofthree#1#2#3{#1}%
\def\@secondofthree#1#2#3{#2}%
\newcommand{\DeclareGraphicsAlien}[3]{%
\edef\Gin@extensions{\Gin@extensions,#1}%
\DeclareGraphicsRule{#1}{\@gobble#1}{#1}{}%
\csdef{Gread@\@gobble#1}##1{%
\edef\SourceFile{\Gin@base\Gin@ext}%
\edef\Gin@base{\Gin@base-\@gobble#1-converted-to}%
\edef\Gin@ext{#2}%
\edef\OutputFile{\Gin@base\Gin@ext}%
\edef\targetfmt{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\@firstofthree\csname Gin@rule@\Gin@ext\endcsname\relax}%
\edef\targetext{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\@secondofthree\csname Gin@rule@\Gin@ext\endcsname\relax}%
\IfFileExists{\OutputFile}{}{\ShellEscape{#3}}%
\csletcs{Ginclude@\@gobble#1}{Ginclude@\targetfmt}%
\csname Gread@\targetfmt\endcsname{\Gin@base\targetext}%
}%
}%
% Support for \GIF\ files: passed as-is in \XML\ but converted in \PNG\ for PDF output.
% In case the \GIF\ is animated, we pick up the first frame in this conversion.
% While the picture will be animated after Moodle import, it will not be in the PDF
% output, whatever the viewer is.
\DeclareGraphicsAlien{.gif}{.png}{\htmlize@imagemagick@convert\otherspace \SourceFile[0]\otherspace \OutputFile}%
}{
\newcommand\includegraphics[2][]{\PackageError{moodle}{"\string\includegraphics" is not defined}%
{Add "\string\usepackage{graphicx}" to you preamble.}}{}%}%
}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{Graphics key-handling}
% Next, we get ready to handle keys like |height=4cm| or |width=3cm| or |ppi=72|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@cmdkeys{moodle@includegraphics}[moodle@graphics@]{ppi}
\define@cmdkey{moodle}[moodle@graphics@]{ppi}{}% This is so the ppi key can be set at the document, quiz, or question level.
\define@cmdkeys{Gin}{ppi}% This is so the original \includegraphics will not object to a key of ppi.
\setkeys{moodle@includegraphics}{ppi=103}
\newdimen\moodle@graphics@temp@dimen
\newcount\moodle@graphics@height@pixels
\newcount\moodle@graphics@width@pixels
\def\moodle@graphics@dimentopixels#1#2{%
\moodle@graphics@temp@dimen=#2\relax
\moodle@graphics@temp@dimen=0.013837\moodle@graphics@temp@dimen
\xa\moodle@graphics@temp@dimen\xa=\moodle@graphics@ppi\moodle@graphics@temp@dimen
#1=\moodle@graphics@temp@dimen
\divide #1 by 65536\relax
}
\define@key{moodle@includegraphics}{height}[]{%
\moodle@graphics@dimentopixels{\moodle@graphics@height@pixels}{#1}%
}
\define@key{moodle@includegraphics}{width}[]{%
\moodle@graphics@dimentopixels{\moodle@graphics@width@pixels}{#1}%
}
\setkeys{moodle@includegraphics}{height=0pt,width=0pt}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Graphics conversion to HTML}
% If the |tikz| option is loaded, we define the |embedaspict| command.
% Furthermore, |includegraphics| is packed into a TikZ node.
% This allows externalization with regular options for |includegraphics|.
% Otherwise, |includegraphics| is redefined with a limited set of options supported.
%
% Option SVG
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifmoodle@svg
\AtEndPreamble{%
% Declaring \SVG\ to PDF conversion rule for includegraphics
% \edef\Gin@extensions{\Gin@extensions,.svg,.SVG}%
% \DeclareGraphicsRule{.svg}{pdf}{.pdf}{%
% `\SVGtoPDF\otherspace '#1' \noexpand\Gin@base-svg-converted-to.pdf}%
% \DeclareGraphicsRule{.SVG}{pdf}{.pdf}{%
% `\SVGtoPDF\otherspace '#1' \noexpand\Gin@base-SVG-converted-to.pdf}%
\DeclareGraphicsAlien{.svg}{.pdf}{%
\SVGtoPDF\otherspace \SourceFile\otherspace -o \otherspace\OutputFile\otherspace 2>\DevNull}%
\DeclareGraphicsAlien{.SVG}{.pdf}{%
\SVGtoPDF\otherspace \SourceFile\otherspace -o \otherspace\OutputFile\otherspace 2>\DevNull}%
}%
\fi
\def\moodle@checkconversionsuccess#1#2{%
\IfFileExists{#1}{}{%
\PackageError{moodle}{#2 failed}%
{If the XML file is not of importance to you: use package option "draft"}%
}%
}%
\ifmoodle@tikz
\AfterEndPreamble{%
%\htmlize@record@expand{\embedaspict}%
\let\oldincludegraphics=\includegraphics
% patching includegraphics to trigger externalization
\renewcommand{\includegraphics}[2][]{%
%\message{moodle.sty: Processing \string\includegraphics[#1]{#2} for HTML^^J}%
\tikz{\node[inner sep=0pt]{\oldincludegraphics[#1]{#2}};}%
}%
% externalized images must be included with the regular command
\pgfkeys{/pgf/images/include external/.code={\oldincludegraphics{#1}}}%
\html@action@newcommand{includegraphics}[2][]{%
\message{moodle.sty: Processing \string\includegraphics[#1]{#2} ^^J}
\global\advance\numpicturesread by 1\relax
\edef\htmlize@imagetag{}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{\htmlize@imagetag}%
}%
}%
\else
\html@action@newcommand{includegraphics}[2][]{%
\bgroup% The grouping is to localize the changes caused by \setkeys.
\message{moodle.sty: Processing \string\includegraphics[#1]{#2} for HTML...^^J}
\setkeys*{moodle@includegraphics}{#1}%
% Height or width should be given in TeX dimensions like cm or pt or in,
% and are converted to pixels for web use using the ppi key.
% TODO: Can we modify \includegraphics to accept height or width in
% pixels?
% TODO: What about \includegraphics[scale=0.7] ?
% Other keys: keepaspectratio=true|false, angle (rotation), clip & trim
% -> the package option 'tikz' offers a workaround for this
\ifnum\moodle@graphics@height@pixels=0\relax
\ifnum\moodle@graphics@width@pixels=0\relax
% No size specified. Default to height of 200 pixels.
\def\moodle@graphics@geometry{x200}%
\def\moodle@graphics@htmlgeometry{}%
\else
% Width only specified.
\edef\moodle@graphics@geometry{\number\moodle@graphics@width@pixels}%
\edef\moodle@graphics@htmlgeometry{width=\number\moodle@graphics@width@pixels}%
\fi
\else
\ifnum\moodle@graphics@width@pixels=0\relax
% Height only specified. The `x' is part of the syntax.
\edef\moodle@graphics@geometry{x\number\moodle@graphics@height@pixels}%
\edef\moodle@graphics@htmlgeometry{height=\number\moodle@graphics@height@pixels}%
\else
% Height and width both specified. The `!' is part of the syntax.
\edef\moodle@graphics@geometry{\number\moodle@graphics@width@pixels x\number\moodle@graphics@height@pixels!}%
\edef\moodle@graphics@htmlgeometry{width=\number\moodle@graphics@width@pixels\otherspace height=\number\moodle@graphics@height@pixels}%
\fi
\fi
%Look for the file, even if no extension is provided
\moodle@media@find{#2}%
%\message{<<\moodle@media@base>>^^J}
%\message{<<\moodle@media@ext>>^^J}
%Try to identify corresponding MIME-type
\moodle@media@mime@identify{\moodle@media@ext}%
\ifx\moodle@media@mime@current\relax
% conversion needed
\edef\moodle@media@pdf{\detokenize{.pdf}}%
\edef\moodle@media@ext{\detokenize\xa{\moodle@media@ext}}%
\ifnum0\ifx\moodle@media@ext\moodle@media@pdf1\fi\ifmoodle@svg1\fi=11\relax% PDF file and \SVG\ option active
\def\moodle@media@ext@current{-moodle.svg}%
\edef\moodle@media@mime@current{\moodle@media@SVGmime}%
\edef\cmdline{\PDFtoSVG\otherspace "\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext" -o "\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current" 2>\DevNull}%
\message{moodle.sty: Converting '#2' to SVG...^^J}%
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\cmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current}{PDFtoSVG conversion}%
%Next, optimize inline
\ifwindows\else
\edef\cmdline{\optiSVG < "\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current" >
"\moodle@media@base.tmp.svg" && \MoveFiles\otherspace "\moodle@media@base.tmp.svg"
"\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current"}%
\message{moodle.sty: Optimizing '\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current'...^^J}%
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\cmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current}{SVG optimization}%
\fi
\else% call ImageMagick
\def\moodle@media@ext@current{-moodle.png}%
\def\moodle@media@mime@current{image/png}%
\edef\cmdline{\htmlize@imagemagick@convert\otherspace "\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext" -resize \moodle@graphics@geometry\otherspace "\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current"}%
\message{moodle.sty: Converting '#2' to PNG...^^J}%
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\cmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current}{ImageMagick conversion}%
%Next, optimize inline
\edef\cmdline{\optipng\otherspace "\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current"}%
\message{moodle.sty: Optimizing '\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current'...^^J}%
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\cmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current}{PNG optimization}%
\fi
\fi
%Next, convert the file to base64 encoding
\ConvertToBaseLXIV{\moodle@media@base}{\moodle@media@ext@current}%
%Now, save that base64 encoding in a TeX macro
\def\moodle@newpic@baselxiv{}%
\message{moodle.sty: Reading base64 file '\moodle@media@base.enc'...^^J}%
\openin\baseLXIVdatafile="\moodle@media@base.enc"\relax
\ifeof\baseLXIVdatafile
\PackageError{moodle}{reading '\moodle@media@base.enc' failed}%
{If the XML file is not of importance to you: use package option "draft"}%
\else
\savebaselxivdata@recursive
\fi
\closein\baseLXIVdatafile
%Clean up files
\ifx\moodle@media@ext@current\moodle@media@ext
\ifwindows
\ShellEscape{powershell.exe "del ""\moodle@media@base.enc"""}%
\else
\ShellEscape{\DeleteFiles\otherspace "\moodle@media@base.enc"}%
\fi
\else
\ifwindows
\ShellEscape{powershell.exe "del ""\moodle@media@base.enc"""}%
\ShellEscape{powershell.exe "del ""\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current"""}%
\else
\ShellEscape{\DeleteFiles\otherspace "\moodle@media@base.enc" "\moodle@media@base\moodle@media@ext@current"}%
\fi
\fi
\xa\global\xa\let\csname picbaselxiv@graphics@#2\endcsname=\moodle@newpic@baselxiv%
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\edef\htmlize@imagetag{}%
\xa\filename@parse\xa{\moodle@media@base}%
\xdef\moodle@media@path{\filename@area}%
\xdef\moodle@media@base{\filename@base}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\xa{}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\xa{\csname picbaselxiv@graphics@#2\endcsname}%
\else
\edef\htmlize@imagetag{}%
\fi
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{\htmlize@imagetag}%
\message{moodle.sty: tag inserted.^^J}%
\egroup
}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% This macro is in charge of throwing a system call to convert local files to base64.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\ConvertToBaseLXIV#1#2{%
\message{moodle.sty: Converting '#1#2' to base64...^^J}%
\ConvertToBaseLXIV@int{#1}{#2}
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\cmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{#1.enc}{Base64 conversion}%
}%
\ifwindows
\def\ConvertToBaseLXIV@int#1#2{%
\def\cmdline{\baselxiv\otherspace -encode "#1#2"\otherspace tmp.b64 && findstr /vbc:"---" tmp.b64 > "#1.enc" && powershell.exe "del tmp.b64"}%
}% Starting from Windows 7, CertUtil is included by default. There should be no windows XP still running
\else
\ifmacosx
\def\ConvertToBaseLXIV@int#1#2{%
\def\cmdline{\baselxiv\otherspace -b 64 -i "#1#2"\otherspace -o "#1.enc"}%
}%
\else % Linux, Cygwin
\def\ConvertToBaseLXIV@int#1#2{%
\def\cmdline{\baselxiv\otherspace "#1#2"\otherspace > "#1.enc"}%
}% base64 is part of coreutils, add "-w 64" to get exactly the previous behavior %
\fi
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% The following code accomplishes the reading of an \filenm{.enc} file into memory.
% It is also used by the \TikZ\ code below.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newread\baseLXIVdatafile
\def\savebaselxivdata@recursive{%
\ifeof\baseLXIVdatafile
\let\baselxiv@next=\relax
\else
\read\baseLXIVdatafile to \datalinein
%\message{<<\datalinein>>^^J}
\ifx\datalinein\@moodle@par
\let\baselxiv@next=\relax
\else
%We add tokens manually, rather than with \g@addto@macro, to save time.
\xa\xa\xa\gdef\xa\xa\xa\moodle@newpic@baselxiv\xa\xa\xa{\xa\moodle@newpic@baselxiv\datalinein^^J}%
\let\baselxiv@next=\savebaselxivdata@recursive
\fi
\fi
\baselxiv@next
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{\TikZ\ Picture Handling}
% If the user is not using the \TikZ\ package, there is no need to waste time
% loading it. Without \TikZ\ loaded, however, many of the following commands
% are undefined.
% Our solution is to wait until |\AtBeginDocument| and then test whether
% \TikZ\ is loaded. If so, we make the appropriate definitions.
% \begin{macro}{TikZ}
% \changes{v0.7}{2020/07/14}{Support \emph{tikz}\ command}
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{
\ifx\tikzpicture\@undefined
\moodle@tikzloadedfalse
\else
\moodle@tikzloadedtrue
\fi
\ifmoodle@draftmode
\long\def\tikzifexternalizing#1#2{#2}%
\else
\ifmoodle@tikzloaded
\usetikzlibrary{external}%
\tikzexternalize%
\tikzset{external/force remake}%
\def\moodle@basename{\tikzexternalrealjob-tikztemp-\the\numconvertedpictures}%
\ifmoodle@svg
\def\TikzExportExtension{.svg}%
\def\TikzExportMIME{image/svg+xml}%
\ifpdfoutput% tex engines defaulting to PDF output (pdflatex, xelatex, lualatex)
\def\ExportTikz{ \message{moodle.sty: Converting picture '\moodle@basename.pdf' to SVG...^^J}%
\edef\cmdline{\PDFtoSVG\otherspace "\moodle@basename.pdf" -o "\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension" 2>\DevNull}%
\message{\cmdline}
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\cmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension}{PDFtoSVG conversion}%
}%
\else % latex
\def\ExportTikz{ \message{moodle.sty: Converting picture '\moodle@basename.ps' to SVG...^^J}%
\edef\cmdline{\PDFtoSVG\otherspace "\moodle@basename.ps" -o "\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension" 2>\DevNull}%
\message{\cmdline}
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\cmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension}{PStoSVG conversion}%
}%
\fi
\ifwindows
\def\OptimizeExport{ \message{moodle.sty: Optimizing '\moodle@basename.svg'...^^J}%
\edef\cmdline{\optiSVG\otherspace < "\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension" >
"\moodle@basename.tmp.svg" && powershell.exe "move ""\moodle@basename.tmp.svg""" %
"""\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension"""}%
\message{\cmdline}
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\cmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension}{SVG optimization}%
}%
\else
\def\OptimizeExport{ \message{moodle.sty: Optimizing '\moodle@basename.svg'...^^J}%
\edef\cmdline{\optiSVG\otherspace < "\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension" >
"\moodle@basename.tmp.svg" && \MoveFiles\otherspace "\moodle@basename.tmp.svg"
"\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension" }%
\message{\cmdline}
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\cmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension}{SVG optimization}%
}%
\fi
\else
\def\TikzExportExtension{.png}%
\def\TikzExportMIME{image/png}%
\ifpdfoutput% tex engines defaulting to PDF output (pdflatex, xelatex, lualatex)
\def\ExportTikz{ \message{moodle.sty: Converting picture '\moodle@basename.pdf' to PNG...^^J}%
\edef\gscmdline{\gs\otherspace -sOutputFile=\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension\otherspace -r150 \moodle@basename.pdf}%
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\gscmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension}{Ghostscript conversion}%
}%
\else % latex
\def\ExportTikz{ \message{moodle.sty: Converting picture '\moodle@basename.ps' to PNG...^^J}%
\edef\gscmdline{\gs\otherspace -sOutputFile=\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension\otherspace -r150 \\moodle@basename.ps}%
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\gscmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension}{Ghostscript conversion}%
}%
\fi
\def\OptimizeExport{ \message{moodle.sty: Optimizing '\moodle@basename.png'...^^J}%
\edef\cmdline{\optipng\otherspace \moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension}%
\xa\ShellEscape\xa{\cmdline}%
\moodle@checkconversionsuccess{\moodle@basename\TikzExportExtension}{PNG optimization}%
}%
\fi
\let\moodle@oldtikzpicture=\tikzpicture
%The following code lets us run things *before* the normal \begin{tikzpicture}.
\renewenvironment{tikzpicture}{%
\global\advance\numconvertedpictures by 1\relax
%\jobnamewithsuffixtomacro{\htmlize@picbasename}{-tikztemp-\the\numconvertedpictures}%
%\xa\tikzsetnextfilename\xa{\htmlize@picbasename}%
\tikzsetnextfilename{\tikzexternalrealjob-tikztemp-\the\numconvertedpictures}%
\moodle@oldtikzpicture%
}{}%
% However, the tikz externalize library does *not* run \end{tikzpicture}.
% In order to run commands after the tikz picture is done compiling, we need to
% use a hook into \tikzexternal@closeenvironments.
\g@addto@macro{\tikzexternal@closeenvironments}{%
\moodle@endtikzpicture@hook
}
% The following could replace calls to \pdftopng, \pngoptim and \pngtobaselxiv
% \tikzset{external/system call/.add={}{;
% gs -dBATCH -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE=pngalpha -sOutputFile="\image.png" -r150 "\image.pdf";
% optipng -clobber -strip all -quiet "\image.png";
% base64 "\image.png" > "\image.enc"
% }
% }
% With the following mechanism, we could trigger something when the externalized images are included back.
% \pgfkeys{/pgf/images/include external/.code={\pgfimage{#1}\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{\savebaselxivdata}{}}}
%
\def\moodle@endtikzpicture@hook{%
\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
\ExportTikz
\OptimizeExport
\ConvertToBaseLXIV{\moodle@basename}{\TikzExportExtension}%
\IfFileExists{\moodle@basename.enc}{}{\PackageError{moodle}{Conversion failed}{Check your base64 conversion utiliy}}%
\message{moodle.sty: Reading base64 file '\tikzexternalrealjob-tikztemp-\the\numconvertedpictures.enc'...^^J}%
\savebaselxivdata
\message{moodle.sty: base64 data saved.^^J}%
}{}%
}
\ifmoodle@tikz
\tikzset{external/optimize=false}% due to redefinition, includegraphics must not be optimized away
\else
\tikzset{external/optimize=true}%
\tikzset{external/optimize command away={\VerbatimInput}{1}}%
\fi
%
% The HTMLizer version of the tikzpicture environment,
% which writes an tag to the \XML\ file.
\htmlize@record@environment{tikzpicture}%
\g@addto@macro\htmlize@activate@environments{%
\let\tikzpicture\relax\let\endtikzpicture\relax
\NewEnviron{tikzpicture}[1][]{%
\global\advance\numpicturesread by 1\relax
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\edef\htmlize@imagetag{}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\xa{}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\xa{\csname picbaselxiv@\the\numpicturesread\endcsname}%
\else
\edef\htmlize@imagetag{}%
\fi
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{\htmlize@imagetag}%
}[\htmlize@patchendenvironment]%
}%
\html@action@newcommand{tikz}[2][]{%
% \message{>>> Processing \string\tikz[#1]{...} ^^J}
\global\advance\numpicturesread by 1\relax
\ifmoodle@pluginfile
\edef\htmlize@imagetag{}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\xa{}%
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@embeddedfiletags\xa{\csname picbaselxiv@\the\numpicturesread\endcsname}%
\else
\edef\htmlize@imagetag{}%
\fi
\xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{\htmlize@imagetag}%
}%
\else
%TikZ not loaded. Provide dummy definitions for commands.
\long\def\tikzifexternalizing#1#2{#2}%
\fi
\fi
\ifmoodle@tikz
\tikzstyle{moodlepict}=[minimum height=1em,inner sep=0pt,execute at begin node={\begin{varwidth}{\linewidth}},execute at end node={\end{varwidth}}]
\newcommand\embedaspict[1]{\tikz[baseline=-\the\dimexpr\fontdimen22\textfont2\relax]{\node[moodlepict]{\mbox{#1}};}}
\htmlize@record@expand{\embedaspict}
\fi
}
\newcount\numconvertedpictures
\numconvertedpictures=0\relax
\newcount\numpicturesread
\numpicturesread=0\relax
\def\savebaselxivdata{%
\def\moodle@newpic@baselxiv{}%
\openin\baseLXIVdatafile=\tikzexternalrealjob-tikztemp-\the\numconvertedpictures.enc\relax
\ifeof\baseLXIVdatafile
\PackageError{moodle}{reading '\moodle@media@base.enc' failed}%
{If the XML file is not of importance to you: use package option "draft"}%
\else
\savebaselxivdata@recursive
\fi
\closein\baseLXIVdatafile
\xa\global\xa\let\csname picbaselxiv@\the\numconvertedpictures\endcsname=\moodle@newpic@baselxiv%
}
\ifmoodle@tikz
\ifmoodle@tikzloaded
\PackageWarning{moodle}{With package option 'tikz', you should not load TikZ manually.}%
\fi
\RequirePackage{tikz}%
\RequirePackage{varwidth}% for the command |embedaspict|
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% Finally, we clean up our mess by deleting the temporary PDF, \PNG, and ENC
% files we created.
% With XeTeX, we cannot clean pictures pdf's because they are actually included in the final pdf afterwards, by xdvipdfmx.
% With LuaTeX, it looks like |\AtEndDocument| is too early to for this cleaning step.
% \begin{macrocode}
\AfterEndDocument{%
\ifmoodle@tikzloaded
\@moodle@ifgeneratexml{%
\ifXeTeX
% we must keep picture pdf's for subsequent linking (xdvipdfmx)
\ifwindows
\ShellEscape{powershell.exe "del * -include \tikzexternalrealjob-tikztemp-*.* -exclude *.pdf"}%
\else
\ShellEscape{find . -type f -name "\tikzexternalrealjob-tikztemp-*.*" -not -name "*.pdf" -delete}%
\fi
\else
\ifwindows
\ShellEscape{powershell.exe "del \tikzexternalrealjob-tikztemp-*.*"}%
\else
\ShellEscape{\DeleteFiles\otherspace \tikzexternalrealjob-tikztemp-*.*}%
\fi
\fi
}{}%
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
% TODO:
% * sizing options for TikZ pictures?
%\end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Other Media}
% Support for other media comes through the |\url|\marg{link} and |\href|\marg{link}\marg{text}
% commands.
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndPreamble{%
\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
\let\oldhref\href
\let\oldurl\url
\def\moodle@hyper@readexternallink#1#2#3#4:#5:#6\\#7{%
% 1) The link type (the string "link" in the cases I observed)
% 2) The URL fragment (i.e. what comes after # in the end),
% 3) the text replacement,
% 4) the URL scheme (http, https, mailto, file, run etc),
% 5) the URL details (in general, that is whole authority + path + query).
% If the URL contains a column (specification of a password in userinfo or a
% port in authority), we get here whatever comes before the first column (:)
% 6) empty is URL contains no column. Otherwise, filled with whatever follows
% a first column (:) after the scheme,
% 7) the whole URL again (fragment removed).
\def\filename@ext{}%
\def\filename@area{}%
\def\filename@base{}%
\ifx\\#6\\% if ##6 is empty (the URL contains no column -> no scheme -> local)
%\@hyper@linkfile file:#7\\{#3}{#2}{#7}% local file
%Local file (##1|##2|##3|##4|##5|##6): ##7\par
\filename@parse{#4}%
\ConvertToBaseLXIV{\filename@area\filename@base}{.\filename@ext}%
\else
\ifx\\#4\\%if ##4 is empty (no scheme was specified -> local file)
% %\@hyper@linkfile file:#7\\{#3}{#2}{#7}% Mac filename ?
% Local file (Mac? ##1|##2|##3|##4|##5|##6): ##7\par
\filename@parse{#4}%
\ConvertToBaseLXIV{\filename@area\filename@base}{.\filename@ext}%
\else
\def\@pdftempa{#4}%
\ifx\@pdftempa\@pdftempwordfile% scheme is "file:"
% %\@hyper@linkfile#7\\{#3}{#2}{#7}% file
% Local file (no column ##1|##2|##3|##4|##5|##6): ##7\par
\filename@parse{#5}%
\ConvertToBaseLXIV{\filename@area\filename@base}{.\filename@ext}%
\else
\ifx\@pdftempa\@pdftempwordrun% scheme is "run:"
\ifHy@pdfa
\Hy@Error{%
PDF/A: Launch action is prohibited%
}\@ehc
\begingroup
\leavevmode
% ##2%
\endgroup
\else% not in PDF/A mode -> run is allowed
%\@hyper@launch#7\\{#3}{#2}% run local file
% Run local file (##1|##2|##3|##4|##5|##6): ##7\par
\filename@parse{#5}%
\ConvertToBaseLXIV{\filename@area\filename@base}{.\filename@ext}%
\fi
\else% scheme is neither "file" nor "run", assuming it is a web protocol
%\hyper@linkurl{#3}{#7\ifx\\#2\\\else\hyper@hash#2\fi}% URL
% URL (##1|##2|##3|##4|##5|##6): ##7\par
\filename@parse{#7}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
\fi
\xdef\moodle@media@ext{.\filename@ext}%
\xdef\moodle@media@base{\filename@area\filename@base}%
}%
% \html@action@newcommand{href}[3][]{%
% \bgroup% The grouping is to localize the changes caused by \setkeys.
% \message{moodle.sty: Processing \string\href[#1]{#2}{#3} for HTML...^^J}%
% the following macro is a modified version of hyperref's |\hyper@readexternallink|
% \let\@hyper@readexternallink\moodle@hyper@readexternallink
% \oldhref[#1]{#2}{#3}%
%\message{<<\moodle@media@base>>^^J}
%\message{<<\moodle@media@ext>>^^J}
%Try to identify corresponding MIME-type
% \moodle@media@mime@identify{\moodle@media@ext}%
%\edef\moodle@media@mime@current{\detokenize\xa{\moodle@media@mime@current}}%
% \xa\message\xa{moodle.sty: \moodle@media@mime@current^^J}%
% \ifx\moodle@media@mime@current\relax
% \xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{#3}%
% \message{moodle.sty: tag inserted.^^J}%
% \else
% \filename@parse{\moodle@media@mime@current}%
% \def\@tmp{audio/}
% \ifx\filename@area\@tmp
% \IfFileExists{\moodle@media@base.enc}{%
% \def\moodle@newpic@baselxiv{}%
% \openin\baseLXIVdatafile=\moodle@media@base.enc\relax
% \savebaselxivdata@recursive
% \closein\baseLXIVdatafile
% \xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{}%
% }{%
% \xa\g@addto@macro\xa\htmlize@output\xa{}%
% }%
% \message{moodle.sty: